From afcd268ea7b1149fbfb66bce4eca659b675da0a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Biebl Date: Tue, 12 Dec 2017 15:53:07 +0100 Subject: New upstream version 1.10.2 --- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 82 +- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 90 +- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 678 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html | 294 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 416 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 40 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 70 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html | 106 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 60 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 136 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 120 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 80 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 72 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 317 ++- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 162 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 127 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 360 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 38 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 64 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 192 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 136 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 60 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 428 +++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 80 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 38 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 186 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 2240 +++++++++++++++++++++- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 602 +++++- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 56 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 94 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 124 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 154 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 154 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 140 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 88 +- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 997 ++++++++-- docs/libnm/html/ch02.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/ch03.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/ch04.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/ch05.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/ch06.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/index.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 105 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 49 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 900 ++++++--- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 | 143 ++ docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 23 +- docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/usage.html | 10 +- 84 files changed, 7705 insertions(+), 3544 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs/libnm/html') diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html index 784bb4bc..59a7726d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_access_point_get_last_seen () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * bssid Read @@ -161,23 +161,23 @@ Read -guint +guint frequency Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gint +gint last-seen Read -guint +guint max-bitrate Read @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * ssid Read -guchar +guchar strength Read @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMAccessPoint implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ point.

nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the SSID of the access point.

 

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (
 
Returns

-
 the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
+
the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
 SSID is unknown. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ not be modified or freed.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the frequency of the access point.

 

@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (
 
nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (
 

 
nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

 

@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (
 
nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the access
@@ -556,9 +556,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and
 returns connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the ap
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ with this function.

 
 
 
connections

-
 an array of NMConnections to
+
an array of NMConnections to
 filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 
@@ -593,17 +593,17 @@ filter. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an array of
-NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
+
an array of
+NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                   NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
@@ -637,8 +637,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
The BSSID of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint

+
  “frequency”                guint

 
The frequency of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
Alias for “bssid”.

 

 
NMAccessPoint:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.0 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint

+
  “last-seen”                gint

 
The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the
 access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint

+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

 
The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -792,14 +792,14 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

-
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar

+
  “strength”                 guchar

 
The current signal strength of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -814,6 +814,6 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
index 95151677..e49d3ef0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
@@ -193,18 +193,18 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default6
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 devices
 Read
 
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 id
 Read
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 specific-object-path
 Read
 
@@ -256,24 +256,24 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state-flags
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 uuid
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vpn
 Read
 
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
 
 void
 state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMActiveConnection implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMRemoteConnection which this
+
the NMRemoteConnection which this
 NMActiveConnection is an active instance of. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

 

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
+
the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
 This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMDevice]

 

@@ -668,14 +668,14 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (
 

 
Returns

-
 the master NMDevice of the NMActiveConnection. 

+
the master NMDevice of the NMActiveConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

 

 

 

@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

 

 

 

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

 

 

 

@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean

+
  “default”                  gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean

+
  “default6”                 gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
The devices of the active connection.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
The active connection's ID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “specific-object-path” property

-
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

+
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

 
The path to the "specific object" of the active connection; see
 nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path() for more details.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “state-flags” property

-
  “state-flags”              guint

+
  “state-flags”              guint

 
The state flags of the active connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's type

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's UUID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean

+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1104,14 +1104,14 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMActiveConnection *nmactiveconnection,
-               guint               arg1,
-               guint               arg2,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint               arg1,
+               guint               arg2,
+               gpointer            user_data)

+
Flags: Run First
-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html index a2fbf00e..401a1156 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_client_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_dns_entry_get_vpn () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_startup () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_nm_running () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_get_enabled () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_networking_set_enabled () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_get_enabled () @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_get_enabled () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_get_enabled () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled () @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_get_logging () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_set_logging () @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname () @@ -337,21 +337,21 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_save_hostname_finish () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_devices () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_all_devices () @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_active_connections () @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection () @@ -446,14 +446,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_connections () @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections () @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_load_connections_finish () @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections () @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_client_reload_connections_finish () @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_client_get_dns_configuration () @@ -588,24 +588,24 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * active-connections Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * all-devices Read -gboolean +gboolean can-modify Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * connections Read @@ -615,57 +615,57 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean connectivity-check-available Read -gboolean +gboolean connectivity-check-enabled Read / Write -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * devices Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * dns-configuration Read -gchar * +gchar * dns-mode Read -gchar * +gchar * dns-rc-manager Read -gchar * +gchar * hostname Read -guint +guint metered Read -gboolean +gboolean networking-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean nm-running Read @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean startup Read @@ -687,37 +687,37 @@ -gchar * +gchar * version Read -gboolean +gboolean wimax-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean wimax-hardware-enabled Read -gboolean +gboolean wireless-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean wireless-hardware-enabled Read -gboolean +gboolean wwan-enabled Read / Write -gboolean +gboolean wwan-hardware-enabled Read @@ -736,47 +736,47 @@ void active-connection-added -Run First +Run First void active-connection-removed -Run First +Run First void any-device-added -Run First +Run First void any-device-removed -Run First +Run First void connection-added -Run First +Run First void connection-removed -Run First +Run First void device-added -Run First +Run First void device-removed -Run First +Run First void permission-changed -Run First +Run First @@ -954,13 +954,13 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ╰── NMDnsEntry
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMClientError
     ├── NMClientPermission
     ╰── NMClientPermissionResult
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMClient
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@

Implemented Interfaces

NMClient implements - GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ NMClient implements

Functions

nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_interface (
 
Returns

-
 the interface name. 

+
the interface name. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.6

@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_nameservers (
 
Returns

-
 the list of name servers. 

+
the list of name servers. 

 
[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_domains (

Returns

-

the list of DNS domains.

+

the list of DNS domains.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_priority (

nm_dns_entry_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (NMDnsEntry *entry);

 
Gets whether the entry refers to VPN name servers.

 

@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

+
 TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

 

 
Since: 1.6

 
@@ -1151,8 +1151,8 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (
 
nm_client_new ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);

+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
+               GError **error);

Creates a new NMClient.

Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the client. You can use nm_client_new_async() if you want to avoid @@ -1168,12 +1168,12 @@ that.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -1188,9 +1188,9 @@ that.

nm_client_new_async ()

void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);
+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it. callback will be called when it is done; use @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -1229,8 +1229,8 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

nm_client_new_finish ()

NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);
+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

Parameters

@@ -1243,12 +1243,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

result

-

a GAsyncResult

+

a GAsyncResult

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (

Returns

-

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+

a new NMClient, or NULL on error

@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (

Returns

-

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+

string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (

nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ connections at startup.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

@@ -1361,13 +1361,13 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the daemon is running

+
 TRUE if the daemon is running

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

@@ -1387,16 +1387,16 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  gboolean enabled,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Enables or disables networking.  When networking is disabled, all controlled
 interfaces are disconnected and deactivated.  When networking is enabled,
 all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

@@ -1416,12 +1416,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

+
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1429,13 +1429,13 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

+
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables wireless devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to enable wireless

+
TRUE to enable wireless

  
 
 
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

 
nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -1512,13 +1512,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);

+                            gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WWAN devices.

Parameters

@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

enabled

-

TRUE to enable WWAN

+

TRUE to enable WWAN

  @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (

nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1594,13 +1594,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

 

@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);

+                             gboolean enabled);

Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

Parameters

@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

enabled

-

TRUE to enable WiMAX

+

TRUE to enable WiMAX

  @@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (

nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1676,13 +1676,13 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determine whether connectivity checking is available.  This
@@ -1705,14 +1705,14 @@ configuration file.

Returns

-

TRUE if connectivity checking is available.

+

TRUE if connectivity checking is available.

Since: 1.10

nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determine whether connectivity checking is enabled.

@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled

Returns

-

TRUE if connectivity checking is enabled.

+

TRUE if connectivity checking is enabled.

Since: 1.10

@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled 
void
 nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ gboolean enabled);

Enable or disable connectivity checking. Note that if a connectivity checking URI has not been configured, this will not have any effect.

@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ have any effect.

enabled

-

TRUE to enable connectivity checking

+

TRUE to enable connectivity checking

  @@ -1774,11 +1774,11 @@ have any effect.

nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

Parameters

@@ -1796,18 +1796,18 @@ nm_client_get_logging (

level

-

return location for logging level string.

+

return location for logging level string.

[allow-none]

domains

-

return location for log domains string. The string is +

return location for log domains string. The string is a list of domains separated by ",".

[allow-none]

error

-

return location for a GError, or NULL.

+

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none] @@ -1815,17 +1815,17 @@ a list of domains separated by ",".

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

Parameters

@@ -1843,18 +1843,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (

level

-

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

+

logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

domains

-

logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log -domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

+

logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log +domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change).

[allow-none]

error

-

return location for a GError, or NULL.

+

return location for a GError, or NULL.

[allow-none] @@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

@@ -1934,8 +1934,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

nm_client_check_connectivity ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new) current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1957,12 +1957,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable

+

a GCancellable

 

error

-

return location for a GError

+

return location for a GError

  @@ -1978,9 +1978,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes callback when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), @@ -2002,7 +2002,7 @@ re-checking, and

cancellable

-

a GCancellable

+

a GCancellable

  @@ -2025,8 +2025,8 @@ re-checking, and

nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + GError **error);

Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async() call.

@@ -2045,12 +2045,12 @@ call.

result

-

the GAsyncResult

+

the GAsyncResult

 

error

-

return location for a GError

+

return location for a GError

  @@ -2064,11 +2064,11 @@ call.

nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GError **error);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

@@ -2087,18 +2087,18 @@ or cleared.

hostname

-

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[allow-none]

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

return location for GError

+

return location for GError

  @@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

@@ -2115,9 +2115,9 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

@@ -2136,23 +2136,23 @@ or cleared.

hostname

-

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[allow-none]

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

callback

-

callback to be called when the operation completes.

+

callback to be called when the operation completes.

[scope async]

user_data

-

caller-specific data passed to callback +

caller-specific data passed to callback .

[closure] @@ -2163,10 +2163,10 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

Parameters

@@ -2184,12 +2184,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

return location for GError

+

return location for GError

  @@ -2197,13 +2197,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ containing all the NM
 

 

 
nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -2300,8 +2300,8 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (
 
Returns

-
 the NMDevice for the given object_path
-or NULL if none is found. 

+
the NMDevice for the given object_path
+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]
@@ -2336,15 +2336,15 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

Returns

-

the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

+

the NMDevice for the given iface +or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

@@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
a GPtrArray
 containing all the active NMActiveConnections.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route,
 then this function returns the active connection that contains the
 route to the VPN endpoint.

 
If there is no default route, or the default route is over a
-non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2401,7 +2401,7 @@ non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return 
 
Returns

-
 the appropriate NMActiveConnection, if
+
the appropriate NMActiveConnection, if
 any. 
[transfer none]

@@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@ currently-activating connection that is expected to become the new
 

 
Returns

-
 the appropriate NMActiveConnection, if
+
the appropriate NMActiveConnection, if
 any. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2444,9 +2444,9 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMConnection *connection,
                                      NMDevice *device,
                                      const char *specific_object,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                     gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the
 configuration settings from connection
  and the network device device
@@ -2481,19 +2481,19 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
 
-
+
-
+
-
-
+
@@ -2526,8 +2526,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GAsyncResult *result,
+                                      GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2545,12 +2545,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2573,9 +2573,9 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async
                                 NMConnection *partial,
                                 NMDevice *device,
                                 const char *specific_object,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given
 device and specific object.  The new connection is then asynchronously
@@ -2601,8 +2601,8 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
 
-
@@ -2615,9 +2615,9 @@ before being added. 

 
-
-
+
@@ -2651,8 +2651,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

 
You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned
 NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

@@ -2672,12 +2672,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2694,11 +2694,11 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GError **error);

 
Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2721,12 +2721,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2743,9 +2743,9 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                        NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);
+                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                       gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
cancellable

-

+
@@ -2789,11 +2789,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
 
nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2811,12 +2811,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2830,7 +2830,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

 

 
nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ nm_client_get_connections (
 
Returns

-
 an array
+
an array
 containing all connections provided by the remote settings service.  The
 returned array is owned by the NMClient object and should not be modified.

 
The connections are as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
@@ -2889,7 +2889,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
+
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
 matching object was found.

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -2928,7 +2928,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -2980,13 +2980,13 @@ to void
 nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
+ is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
 to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved
 later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes()
 method.

@@ -3028,17 +3028,17 @@ added, not the object itself

 
 

-
+
-
+
-
@@ -3051,8 +3051,8 @@ added, not the object itself

 
nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

 
NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GAsyncResult *result,
+                                 GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3070,12 +3070,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3083,7 +3083,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
+
the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -3092,23 +3092,23 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files,
 adding or updating the connections described within.

 
The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in
 client
 's connections array when the function returns.

 
If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the
-function will return TRUE, and failures
- will be set to NULL. If
+function will return TRUE, and failures
+ will be set to NULL. If
 NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed,
 then failures
- will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
+ will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
 filenames that failed to load.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3126,23 +3126,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 
 

-
+
-
-
+
-
+
@@ -3150,9 +3150,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

@@ -3161,9 +3161,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
void
 nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                   char **filenames,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                  gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the
 given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

@@ -3183,22 +3183,22 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
@@ -3209,11 +3209,11 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GAsyncResult *result,
+                                   GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

 

@@ -3232,18 +3232,18 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -3251,18 +3251,18 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until
 the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -3282,12 +3282,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3295,7 +3295,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -3303,9 +3303,9 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the
 in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -3325,17 +3325,17 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 
-
+
-
+
-
@@ -3346,10 +3346,10 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3367,12 +3367,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3380,7 +3380,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -3406,7 +3406,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_mode (
 
Returns

-
 the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the
+
 the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the
 value is not available.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_rc_manager (
 
Returns

-
 the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the
+
 the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the
 value is not available.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -3442,7 +3442,7 @@ value is not available.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_dns_configuration (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the current DNS configuration

 

@@ -3462,8 +3462,8 @@ nm_client_get_dns_configuration (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
-containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not
+
a GPtrArray
+containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not
 available.  The returned array is owned by the NMClient object
 and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDnsEntry]

@@ -3956,7 +3956,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

 
The active connections.

 
Element-type: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

 
List of both real devices and device placeholders.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3973,15 +3973,15 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

 
The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note
 that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also
 contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have
@@ -4000,21 +4000,21 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “connectivity-check-available” property

-
  “connectivity-check-available” gboolean

+
  “connectivity-check-available” gboolean

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “connectivity-check-enabled” property

-
  “connectivity-check-enabled” gboolean

+
  “connectivity-check-enabled” gboolean

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
List of real network devices.  Does not include placeholder devices.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -4022,7 +4022,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “dns-configuration” property

-
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

+
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

 
The current DNS configuration represented as an array of
 dictionaries.  Each dictionary has the "nameservers",
 "priority" keys and, optionally, "interface" and "vpn".
@@ -4036,7 +4036,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.

 

 

 
The “dns-mode” property

-
  “dns-mode”                 gchar *

+
  “dns-mode”                 gchar *

 
The current DNS processing mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: ""

@@ -4045,7 +4045,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.

 

 

 
The “dns-rc-manager” property

-
  “dns-rc-manager”           gchar *

+
  “dns-rc-manager”           gchar *

 
The current resolv.conf management mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: ""

@@ -4054,7 +4054,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.

 

 

 
The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *

+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

 
The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be
 modified by calling nm_client_save_hostname().

 
Flags: Read

@@ -4063,7 +4063,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the connectivity is metered.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -4072,7 +4072,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

 
Whether networking is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -4080,7 +4080,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean

+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4096,7 +4096,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean

+
  “startup”                  gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is still starting up.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4112,7 +4112,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *

+
  “version”                  gchar *

 
The NetworkManager version.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -4120,7 +4120,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

 
Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4128,7 +4128,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

 
Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4136,7 +4136,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

 
Whether wireless is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4144,7 +4144,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

 
Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -4152,7 +4152,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

 
Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

 
Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@ see void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been added.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4202,7 +4202,7 @@ user_function (
 

 
 
 

 
connection
 an NMConnection. 
an NMConnection. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
device
 the NMDevice. 
the NMDevice. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
specific_object
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
+
the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2503,7 +2503,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
partial
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+
an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 

 

 
specific_object
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
+
the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
callback
 callback to be called when the add operation completes. 
callback to be called when the add operation completes. 

 [scope async]
 

 

 
user_data
 caller-specific data passed to callback
+
caller-specific data passed to callback
 . 

 [closure]
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
filenames
 NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 

 [array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
failures
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
filenames
 NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 

 [array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
callback
 callback to be called when the operation completes. 
callback to be called when the operation completes. 

 [scope async]
 

 

 
user_data
 caller-specific data passed to callback
+
caller-specific data passed to callback
 . 

 [closure]
 

 
failures
 on return, a
-NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load. 
on return, a
+NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
callback
 callback to be called when the reload operation completes. 
callback to be called when the reload operation completes. 

 [scope async]
 

 

 
user_data
 caller-specific data passed to callback
+
caller-specific data passed to callback
 . 

 [closure]
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -4210,7 +4210,7 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been removed.

Parameters

@@ -4239,15 +4239,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “any-device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

@@ -4266,7 +4266,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

device

-

the new device.

+

the new device.

[type NMDevice] @@ -4277,15 +4277,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “any-device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

@@ -4304,7 +4304,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

device

-

the removed device.

+

the removed device.

[type NMDevice] @@ -4315,7 +4315,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -4323,7 +4323,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

Parameters

@@ -4352,7 +4352,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -4360,7 +4360,7 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMRemoteConnection *connection, - gpointer user_data) + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

Parameters

@@ -4389,15 +4389,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -4416,7 +4416,7 @@ placeholder devices.

device

-

the new device.

+

the new device.

[type NMDevice] @@ -4427,15 +4427,15 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -4454,7 +4454,7 @@ placeholder devices.

device

-

the removed device.

+

the removed device.

[type NMDevice] @@ -4465,16 +4465,16 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “permission-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a permission has changed

Parameters

@@ -4508,11 +4508,11 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html index 4a9f692c..2b539a36 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_connection_to_dbus () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify_secrets () @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_virtual () @@ -492,6 +492,14 @@ +NMSettingTCConfig * + + +nm_connection_get_setting_tc_config () + + + + NMSettingTun * @@ -606,7 +614,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMConnectionSerializationFlags
@@ -651,7 +659,7 @@ the setting object's reference count.

setting

-

the NMSetting to add to the connection object.

+

the NMSetting to add to the connection object.

[transfer full] @@ -663,8 +671,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

@@ -682,7 +690,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

+

the GType of the setting object to remove

  @@ -694,8 +702,8 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

@@ -713,7 +721,7 @@ to the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to return

+

the GType of the setting object to return

  @@ -721,7 +729,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -758,7 +766,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -766,10 +774,10 @@ added to the

nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
 NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for
 marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

@@ -796,7 +804,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
+
a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
 its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -804,10 +812,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GVariant *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

 
Replaces connection
 's settings with new_settings
  (which must be
@@ -829,12 +837,12 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
new_settings

-
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

+
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -842,7 +850,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
+
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
 could not
 be deserialized (in which case connection
 will be unchanged).

@@ -909,7 +917,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (
 
nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -945,17 +953,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -988,7 +996,7 @@ No values are returned, only key names.

out_settings

-

if the +

if the connections differ, on return a hash table mapping setting names to second-level GHashTable (utf8 to guint32), which contains the key names that differ mapped to one or more of NMSettingDiffResult as a bitfield.

@@ -999,16 +1007,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -1016,7 +1024,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

@@ -1034,7 +1042,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1042,15 +1050,15 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

Verifies the secrets in the connection.

Parameters

@@ -1068,7 +1076,7 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1076,23 +1084,23 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

Since: 1.2

nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1112,21 +1120,21 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

parameters

-

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]

modified

-

outputs whether any settings were modified.

+

outputs whether any settings were modified.

[out][allow-none]

error

-

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  @@ -1135,7 +1143,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

@@ -1143,7 +1151,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1165,10 +1173,10 @@ secrets are needed.

hints

-

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container] @@ -1211,7 +1219,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

@@ -1230,7 +1238,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags

func

-

function to be called to determine whether a +

function to be called to determine whether a specific secret should be cleared or not.

[scope call] @@ -1247,16 +1255,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.

nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GVariant *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary. If setting_name - is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

@@ -1281,13 +1289,13 @@ settings contained in secrets

secrets

-

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION +

a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

 

error

-

location to store error, or NULL

+

location to store error, or NULL

  @@ -1295,7 +1303,7 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1306,7 +1314,7 @@ failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection, const char *path);

Sets the D-Bus path of the connection. This property is not serialized, and -is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” +is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the “path” property.

Parameters

@@ -1365,7 +1373,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1386,13 +1394,13 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1425,8 +1433,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not

@@ -1435,7 +1443,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

@@ -1454,7 +1462,7 @@ calling the supplied user function for each property.

func

-

user-supplied function called for each setting's property.

+

user-supplied function called for each setting's property.

[scope call] @@ -1472,10 +1480,10 @@ at each invocation

nm_connection_get_settings ()

NMSetting **
 nm_connection_get_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                            guint *out_length);
+ guint *out_length);

Retrieves the settings in connection .

-

The returned array is NULL-terminated.

+

The returned array is NULL-terminated.

Parameters

@@ -1492,7 +1500,7 @@ nm_connection_get_settings (

out_length

- + @@ -1500,11 +1508,11 @@ nm_connection_get_settings (

Returns

-

a -NULL-terminated array containing every setting of +

a +NULL-terminated array containing every setting of connection . -If the connection has no settings, NULL is returned.

+If the connection has no settings, NULL is returned.

[array length=out_length][transfer container]

Since: 1.10

@@ -1614,7 +1622,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (

nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

 
Checks if connection
  refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be
@@ -1667,9 +1675,9 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Returns

-

the name of connection +

the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

[transfer full]

@@ -1697,7 +1705,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1724,7 +1732,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1751,7 +1759,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1778,7 +1786,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1805,7 +1813,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1832,7 +1840,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1859,7 +1867,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1886,7 +1894,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1913,7 +1921,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1940,7 +1948,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (

Returns

-

an NMSettingDcb if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingDcb if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1967,7 +1975,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dummy (

Returns

-

an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.8

@@ -1995,7 +2003,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGeneric if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGeneric if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2022,7 +2030,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2049,7 +2057,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2107,8 +2115,8 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP4Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP4Config if the +connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

@@ -2138,8 +2146,8 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP6Config if the -connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP6Config if the +connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

@@ -2166,7 +2174,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macsec (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -2194,7 +2202,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2222,7 +2230,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2249,7 +2257,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.10

@@ -2278,7 +2286,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsInterface if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsInterface if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.10

@@ -2306,7 +2314,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsPatch if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsPatch if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.10

@@ -2334,7 +2342,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOvsPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOvsPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.10

@@ -2362,7 +2370,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2389,7 +2397,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2416,7 +2424,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_proxy (

Returns

-

an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.6

@@ -2444,9 +2452,37 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

[transfer none]

+
+ +
+
+

nm_connection_get_setting_tc_config ()

+
NMSettingTCConfig *
+nm_connection_get_setting_tc_config (NMConnection *connection);
+

A shortcut to return any NMSettingTCConfig the connection might contain.

+
+

Parameters

+

(out): the length of the returned array.

(out): the length of the returned array.

[allow-none]
+++++ + + + + + +

connection

the NMConnection

 
+
+
+

Returns

+

an NMSettingTCConfig if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

+

Since: 1.10.2

@@ -2471,7 +2507,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2499,7 +2535,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2526,7 +2562,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2553,7 +2589,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2580,7 +2616,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2607,7 +2643,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2635,7 +2671,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2662,7 +2698,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2689,7 +2725,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2743,7 +2779,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan ( -

GTypeInterface parent;

+

GTypeInterface parent;

the parent interace struct

  @@ -2771,8 +2807,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
-

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is -an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of +

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is +an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

@@ -2817,6 +2853,6 @@ calling -
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25 +
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html index 90940fdd..1ab4b955 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing () @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply_finish () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect () @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect_finish () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete () @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete_finish () @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ -GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value () @@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value () -const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type () @@ -504,13 +504,13 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean autoconnect Read / Write -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * available-connections Read @@ -538,36 +538,36 @@ -gchar * +gchar * driver Read -gchar * +gchar * driver-version Read -gboolean +gboolean firmware-missing Read -gchar * +gchar * firmware-version Read -gchar * +gchar * interface Read -gchar * +gchar * ip-interface Read @@ -585,44 +585,44 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * lldp-neighbors Read -gboolean +gboolean managed Read -guint +guint metered Read -guint +guint mtu Read -gboolean +gboolean nm-plugin-missing Read -gchar * +gchar * physical-port-id Read -gchar * +gchar * product Read -gboolean +gboolean real Read @@ -632,19 +632,19 @@ Read -guint +guint state-reason Read -gchar * +gchar * udi Read -gchar * +gchar * vendor Read @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ void state-changed -Run First +Run First @@ -791,9 +791,9 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDevice implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (

Returns

-

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. +

the current MAC of the device, or NULL. This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

 

 
 

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
nm_device_set_managed ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);

+                       gboolean managed);

Enables or disables management of NMDevice by NetworkManager.

Parameters

@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

managed

-

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);
+ gboolean autoconnect);

Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

Parameters

@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

autoconnect

-

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

@@ -1241,14 +1241,14 @@ to be missing.

Returns

-

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

 

@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCPv6.

[transfer none]

@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

Returns

-

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

[transfer none]

@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ not part of an active connection.

nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
@@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ be activated on device

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Returns

-

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ must not be modified.

nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

@@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (
 
nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1581,7 +1581,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
+
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
 that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

 

@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

@@ -1610,8 +1610,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if device
-is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+
 TRUE if device
+is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

 

 

 

@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ nm_device_get_product (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ nm_device_get_vendor (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

@@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (

nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

 

@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
the GPtrArray
 containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the
 device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned
 array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ devices in devices
 
 
 
devices

-
 an array of NMDevice. 

+
an array of NMDevice. 

 [array length=num_devices]
 
 
@@ -1793,20 +1793,20 @@ devices in devices
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the device names. 

+
the device names. 

 
[transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint64 version_id,
-                   guint32 flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint64 version_id,
+                   guint32 flags,
+                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                   GError **error);

 
Attempts to update device with changes to the currently active connection
 made since it was last applied.

 

@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

  
 
 
@@ -1842,12 +1842,12 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1866,11 +1866,11 @@ will be set.

 
void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
                          NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint64 version_id,
-                         guint32 flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         guint64 version_id,
+                         guint32 flags,
+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                         gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the currently active connection made since it was last applied.

@@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

connection

-

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+

the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

  @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -1928,10 +1928,10 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GAsyncResult *result,
+                          GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

Parameters

@@ -1949,12 +1949,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

Since: 1.2

@@ -1972,10 +1972,10 @@ will be set.

nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
-                                  guint32 flags,
-                                  guint64 *version_id,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);
+ guint32 flags, + guint64 *version_id, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GError **error);

Fetch the currently applied connection on the device.

Parameters

@@ -1998,18 +1998,18 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection (

version_id

-

(allow-none): returns the current version id of +

(allow-none): returns the current version id of the applied connection.

[out]

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2017,8 +2017,8 @@ the applied connection.

Returns

-

a NMConnection with the currently applied settings -or NULL on error.

+

a NMConnection with the currently applied settings +or NULL on error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

[transfer full]

@@ -2031,10 +2031,10 @@ to void nm_device_get_applied_connection_async (NMDevice *device, - guint32 flags, - GCancellable *cancellable, - GAsyncReadyCallback callback, - gpointer user_data); + guint32 flags, + GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins and gets the currently applied connection.

Parameters

@@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2082,9 +2082,9 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async 
NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
                                (NMDevice *device,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                guint64 *version_id,
-                                GError **error);
+ GAsyncResult *result, + guint64 *version_id, + GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

Parameters

@@ -2102,18 +2102,18 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

version_id

-

(allow-none): the current version id of the applied +

(allow-none): the current version id of the applied connection.

[out]

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ connection.

Returns

-

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case +

a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case of error.

The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according to nm_connection_verify().

@@ -2132,10 +2132,10 @@ to

nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                      GError **error);

Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

@@ -2155,12 +2155,12 @@ request.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ request.

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2177,9 +2177,9 @@ will be set.

nm_device_disconnect_async ()

void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection request.

@@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ manual network connection request.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2220,10 +2220,10 @@ manual network connection request.

nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GAsyncResult *result,
+                             GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

Parameters

@@ -2241,12 +2241,12 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2254,17 +2254,17 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                  GError **error);

Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

Parameters

@@ -2282,12 +2282,12 @@ nm_device_delete (

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ nm_device_delete (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

@@ -2304,9 +2304,9 @@ will be set.

nm_device_delete_async ()

void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);
+ GCancellable *cancellable, + GAsyncReadyCallback callback, + gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins deleteing the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

@@ -2325,7 +2325,7 @@ be deleted.

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -2346,10 +2346,10 @@ be deleted.

nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GAsyncResult *result,
+                         GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

Parameters

@@ -2367,12 +2367,12 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

location for a GError, or NULL

+

location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2380,16 +2380,16 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);

+                              const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2416,7 +2416,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

connections

-

an array of NMConnections to filter.

+

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection] @@ -2424,17 +2424,17 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see

Returns

-

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given device +

an array of +NMConnections that could be activated with the given device . The array -should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                             NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
@@ -2471,17 +2471,17 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2516,7 +2516,7 @@ against

error

-

return location for a GError, or NULL

+

return location for a GError, or NULL

  @@ -2524,14 +2524,14 @@ against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
@@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_new (void
 
Creates a new NMLldpNeighbor object.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMLldpNeighbor object. 

+
the new NMLldpNeighbor object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name,
@@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
 
 
 
out_value

-
 on return, the attribute value. 

+
on return, the attribute value. 

 [out][allow-none][transfer none]
 
 
@@ -2686,18 +2686,18 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
-was found, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
+was found, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);

+                                      guint *out_value);

Gets the uint value of attribute with name name on neighbor

@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (

out_value

-

on return, the attribute value.

+

on return, the attribute value.

[out][allow-none] @@ -2730,15 +2730,15 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (

Returns

-

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name);

 
Get the type of an attribute.

@@ -2766,7 +2766,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
+
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
 

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2960,7 +2960,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

 
The available connections of the device

 
Element-type: NMRemoteConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *

+
  “driver”                   gchar *

 
The driver of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *

+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

 
The version of the device driver.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3013,8 +3013,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
+
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
 for its operation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

 
The firmware version of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3030,7 +3030,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *

+
  “interface”                gchar *

 
The interface of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

 
The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related
 operations like addressing and routing.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3061,14 +3061,14 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

 
The LLDP neighbors.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean

+
  “managed”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3076,7 +3076,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the device is metered.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -3085,7 +3085,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
The MTU of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 1500

@@ -3093,8 +3093,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
+
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
 is not installed.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3103,7 +3103,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

 
The physical port ID of the device. (See
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3112,7 +3112,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *

+
  “product”                  gchar *

 
The product string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean

+
  “real”                     gboolean

 
Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could
 be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -3139,7 +3139,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint

+
  “state-reason”             guint

 
The reason for the device state.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *

+
  “udi”                      gchar *

 
An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not
 unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs.  It
 is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem)
@@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 

 

 
The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *

+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

 
The vendor string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3172,10 +3172,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     new_state,
+               guint     old_state,
+               guint     reason,
+               gpointer  user_data)

Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

Parameters

@@ -3214,11 +3214,11 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html index c43bbbc3..0bd96d2f 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_adsl_get_carrier () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceAdsl implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ NMDeviceAdsl implements

Functions

nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -155,6 +155,6 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ( -
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html index 14f870e9..686710c1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBond implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bond device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -279,6 +279,6 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
index 1aeadba6..867d5380 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBridge implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bridge device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -279,6 +279,6 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
index e0dfbccd..f8278d3e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBt implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The name of the bluetooth device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -273,6 +273,6 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html index 3e4d779b..a2b54409 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceDummy
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceDummy implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

Property Details

The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *
+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ device, and must not be modified.

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html index d160db6f..c294af9d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier () @@ -92,29 +92,29 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gchar * +gchar * perm-hw-address Read -GStrv +GStrv s390-subchannels Read -guint +guint speed Read @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceEthernet implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

Description

@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

 

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (
 
nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_s390_subchannels
 

 

 
Returns

-
 array of strings, each specifying
+
array of strings, each specifying
 one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8]

 

@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies subchannels of this network device used for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
The speed of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -394,6 +394,6 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
index 75e1c785..fa71f9fb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type-description
 Read
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceGeneric implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *

-
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
+
  “type-description”         gchar *

+
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
 if not known.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -183,6 +183,6 @@ if not known.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
index 84dd605f..da351bd9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -139,35 +139,35 @@
 
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encapsulation-limit
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 input-key
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 output-key
 Read
 
@@ -178,23 +178,23 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 remote
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceIPTunnel implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_parent (
 

 
Returns

-
 the device's parent device. 

+
the device's parent device. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ to tunneled packets.

 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to
 be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6
 tunnels.

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property
 applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled input packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled output packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value
  meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

 
Flags: Read

@@ -750,6 +750,6 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
index 111c9d22..b5b282a0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceInfiniband implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -217,6 +217,6 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
index c6670e1f..8dcf1832 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_window ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_es ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()
@@ -165,38 +165,38 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 cipher-suite
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encoding-sa
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 encrypt
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 es
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 icv-length
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 include-sci
 Read
 
@@ -207,33 +207,33 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 replay-protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 scb
 Read
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 sci
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 validation
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 window
 Read
 
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacsec
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceMacsec implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_parent (
 
Returns

-
 the device's parent device. 

+
the device's parent device. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.6

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the Secure Channel Identifier in use

 

@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_sci (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the length of ICV (Integrity Check Value)

 

@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (
 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the set of cryptographic algorithms in use

 

@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (
 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_window ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_macsec_get_window (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the size of the replay window

 

@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_window (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security
 Association in use.

@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ disabled)

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled

 

@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled

 

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_protect (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted
 frames

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_es ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_es (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for
 transmitted frames

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ transmitted frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in
 SecTAG for transmitted frames

@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether replay protection is enabled

 

@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (
Property Details

 

 
The “cipher-suite” property

-
  “cipher-suite”             guint64

+
  “cipher-suite”             guint64

 
The set of cryptographic algorithms in use.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (
 

 
The “encoding-sa” property

-
  “encoding-sa”              guchar

+
  “encoding-sa”              guchar

 
The value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security
 Association in use.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ Association in use.

 

 

 
The “encrypt” property

-
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

+
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

 
Whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ Association in use.

 

 

 
The “es” property

-
  “es”                       gboolean

+
  “es”                       gboolean

 
Whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for
 transmitted frames.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “icv-length” property

-
  “icv-length”               guchar

+
  “icv-length”               guchar

 
The length of ICV (Integrity Check Value).

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “include-sci” property

-
  “include-sci”              gboolean

+
  “include-sci”              gboolean

 
Whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted
 frames.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “protect” property

-
  “protect”                  gboolean

+
  “protect”                  gboolean

 
Whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “replay-protect” property

-
  “replay-protect”           gboolean

+
  “replay-protect”           gboolean

 
Whether replay protection is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “scb” property

-
  “scb”                      gboolean

+
  “scb”                      gboolean

 
Whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in
 SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “sci” property

-
  “sci”                      guint64

+
  “sci”                      guint64

 
The Secure Channel Identifier in use.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “validation” property

-
  “validation”               gchar *

+
  “validation”               gchar *

 
The validation mode for incoming packets (strict, check,
 disabled).

 
Flags: Read

@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ disabled).

 

 

 
The “window” property

-
  “window”                   guint

+
  “window”                   guint

 
The size of the replay window.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -939,6 +939,6 @@ disabled).

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
index 17e803d2..5827d9d6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -94,18 +94,18 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-promisc
 Read
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 tap
 Read
 
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceMacvlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_parent (
 
Returns

-
 the device's parent device. 

+
the device's parent device. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

 

@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (
 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

 

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The MACVLAN mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

 
Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -399,6 +399,6 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
index a7dae607..f4ae7ad6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceModem implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -225,6 +225,6 @@ CDMA/EVDO and GSM/UMTS.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
index 4bc58393..de00ad87 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 active-channel
 Read
 
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceOlpcMesh implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -192,14 +192,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

 
Returns

-
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

+
the companion of the device of NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 
Property Details

 

 
The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint

+
  “active-channel”           guint

 
The device's active channel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -276,6 +276,6 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index ccf7441b..e3fe4974 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceTeam implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -208,13 +208,13 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Gets the devices currently enslaved to device
 .

@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The current JSON configuration of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices enslaved to the team device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -339,6 +339,6 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
index d28acaba..3dc10345 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_owner ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_group ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -109,39 +109,39 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-pi
 Read
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 owner
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceTun implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (
 
nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel owner.

 

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (
 
nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel group.

 

@@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (
 
nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

 

@@ -347,14 +347,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

 

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64

+
  “group”                    gint64

 
The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to
 the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive
 queues.

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ queues.

 

 

 
The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is
 prepended to the tunnel packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64

+
  “owner”                    gint64

 
The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets
 include a virtio network header.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -501,6 +501,6 @@ include a virtio network header.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index f696e1aa..434bd46f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceVlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -234,14 +234,14 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (
 
Returns

-
 the device's parent device. 

+
the device's parent device. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint

+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

 
The device's VLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

@@ -331,6 +331,6 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
index b6533521..46cb768a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()
@@ -196,60 +196,60 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ageing
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 dst-port
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l2miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l3miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 learning
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 limit
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
@@ -260,32 +260,32 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 proxy
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 rsc
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-max
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-min
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceVxlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (
 
Returns

-
 the device's parent device. 

+
the device's parent device. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ forwarding table

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint

+
  “dst-port”                 guint

 
The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel
 endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ endpoint.

 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

+
  “group”                    gchar *

 
The unicast destination IP address used in outgoing packets when the
 destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The device's VXLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 16777215

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered
 into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint

+
  “src-port-max”             guint

 
The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint

+
  “src-port-min”             guint

 
The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1162,6 +1162,6 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
index 522db515..3f6da6cd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 access-points
 Read
 
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bitrate
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -210,12 +210,12 @@
 
 void
 access-point-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 access-point-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceWifi implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -474,14 +474,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing all the
+
a GPtrArray containing all the
 scanned NMAccessPoints.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -510,10 +510,10 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -555,11 +555,11 @@ set.

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GVariant *options,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -586,17 +586,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -615,9 +615,9 @@ set.

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -663,10 +663,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GVariant *options,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -694,12 +694,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -721,10 +721,10 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ set.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

 
List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint

+
  “bitrate”                  guint

 
The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -872,8 +872,8 @@ set.

 
The “access-point-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -902,15 +902,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “access-point-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -939,11 +939,11 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
index 3322e8f7..395f8398 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()
@@ -132,39 +132,39 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bsid
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 center-frequency
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 cinr
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 nsps
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 rssi
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 tx-power
 Read
 
@@ -183,12 +183,12 @@
 
 void
 nsp-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 nsp-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceWimax implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
a GPtrArray containing
 all the scanned NMWimaxNsps.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

 

 

 

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *

+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

 
The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
 no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint

+
  “center-frequency”         guint

 
The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
 communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint

+
  “cinr”                     gint

 
CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
 in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
 meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

 
List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMWimaxNsp

 
Flags: Read

@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint

+
  “rssi”                     gint

 
RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
 the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
 indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint

+
  “tx-power”                 gint

 
Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
 0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
 -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -716,8 +716,8 @@ device is not connected.

 
The “nsp-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -750,15 +750,15 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “nsp-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -791,11 +791,11 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
index 93ab4f8e..b23c8e40 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 

@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDhcpConfig implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (
 
nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing
+
the GHashTable containing
 strings for keys and values.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -256,14 +256,14 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,utf8)

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
index 2bc3d610..2fa27a59 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_routes ()
@@ -115,44 +115,44 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 addresses
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 domains
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 nameservers
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 routes
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 searches
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 wins-servers
 Read
 
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMIPConfig implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -273,14 +273,14 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
Returns

-
 the IP address of the gateway. 

+
the IP address of the gateway. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
the GPtrArray
 containing NMIPAddresses.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the
 returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <
 

 

 
nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
the GPtrArray containing
 NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must
 not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is
 safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_nameservers (
 
Returns

-
 the array of nameserver IP addresses. 

+
the array of nameserver IP addresses. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

-
 the array of domains.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+
the array of domains.
+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

-
 the array of DNS search strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+
the array of DNS search strings.
+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
Returns

-
 the arry of WINS server IP address strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

+
the arry of WINS server IP address strings.
+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -508,21 +508,21 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv

+
  “domains”                  GStrv

 
The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IP gateway address of the configuration as string.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -540,28 +540,28 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv

+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

 
The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv

+
  “searches”                 GStrv

 
The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

 
The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration.
 (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

 
Flags: Read

@@ -569,6 +569,6 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
index 0bd269b9..0f0b6ce1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -61,25 +61,25 @@
 
 
 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 dbus-connection
 Read
 
 
 
-GDBusObject *
+GDBusObject *
 dbus-object
 Write / Construct Only
 
 
 
-GDBusObjectManager *
+GDBusObjectManager *
 dbus-object-manager
 Write / Construct Only
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 path
 Read
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMObject implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -193,31 +193,31 @@ object, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

-
The GDBusConnection of the object.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

+
The GDBusConnection of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “dbus-object” property

-
  “dbus-object”              GDBusObject *

-
The GDBusObject of the object.

+
  “dbus-object”              GDBusObject *

+
The GDBusObject of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Write / Construct Only

 

 

 

 
The “dbus-object-manager” property

-
  “dbus-object-manager”      GDBusObjectManager *

-
The GDBusObjectManager of the object.

+
  “dbus-object-manager”      GDBusObjectManager *

+
The GDBusObjectManager of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Write / Construct Only

 

 

 

 
The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *

+
  “path”                     gchar *

 
The D-Bus object path.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Read

@@ -226,6 +226,6 @@ object, and must not be modified.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
index 839ac5f0..5fb92093 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -44,7 +44,23 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+void
+
+
+nm_remote_connection_update2 ()
+
+
+
+
+GVariant *
+
+
+nm_remote_connection_update2_finish ()
+
+
+
+
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()
@@ -60,7 +76,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()
@@ -68,7 +84,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save ()
@@ -84,7 +100,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()
@@ -92,7 +108,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete ()
@@ -108,7 +124,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()
@@ -116,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()
@@ -132,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()
@@ -140,7 +156,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()
@@ -148,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()
@@ -167,12 +183,12 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 unsaved
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 visible
 Read
 
@@ -212,7 +228,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

@@ -221,7 +237,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMRemoteConnection implements
- GInitable,  GAsyncInitable and  NMConnection.

+ GInitable,  GAsyncInitable and  NMConnection.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -229,17 +245,120 @@ NMRemoteConnection implements
 

 
Functions

 

+
nm_remote_connection_update2 ()

+
void
+nm_remote_connection_update2 (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
+                              GVariant *settings,
+                              NMSettingsUpdate2Flags flags,
+                              GVariant *args,
+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                              gpointer user_data);

+
Asynchronously calls the Update2() D-Bus method.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
the NMRemoteConnection
 
settings
optional connection to update the settings. 
[allow-none]
flags
update-flags
 
args
optional arguments. 
[allow-none]
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
 
callback
callback to be called when the commit operation completes
 
user_data
caller-specific data passed to callback
+
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_remote_connection_update2_finish ()

+
GVariant *
+nm_remote_connection_update2_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

+
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
the NMRemoteConnection
 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 on success, a GVariant of type "a{sv}" with the result. On failure,
+NULL.

+

+

+

+

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection
  to
 NetworkManager. If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
-disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
+disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -261,12 +380,12 @@ disk; if 
cancellable

-
+
-
+
@@ -274,7 +393,7 @@ disk; if 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

@@ -284,15 +403,15 @@ will be set.
void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of
 connection
  to NetworkManager. If save
- is TRUE, the updated connection will
-be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
+ is TRUE, the updated connection will
+be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
 changed.

 
Parameters

@@ -315,7 +434,7 @@ changed.

 
 

-
+
@@ -336,11 +455,11 @@ changed.

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -358,12 +477,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -371,17 +490,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GCancellable *cancellable,
+                           GError **error);

 
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 

@@ -400,12 +519,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -413,7 +532,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -422,9 +541,9 @@ will be set.
nm_remote_connection_save_async ()
void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                 gpointer user_data);
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

@@ -443,7 +562,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
@@ -464,10 +583,10 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GAsyncResult *result,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -485,12 +604,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -498,17 +617,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -526,12 +645,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
cancellable

-

+
-
+
@@ -539,7 +658,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
@@ -548,9 +667,9 @@ will be set.

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -568,7 +687,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

-
+
@@ -589,10 +708,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -610,12 +729,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -623,18 +742,18 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call,
 not a simple property accessor.

 

@@ -658,12 +777,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -671,9 +790,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
+
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
 connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

 

 
 

@@ -683,9 +802,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                 const char *setting_name,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -708,7 +827,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 
 

-
+
@@ -729,11 +848,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -751,12 +870,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -764,16 +883,16 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 containing connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

+'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -792,15 +911,15 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
-been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
+
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
+been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
 representation.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 
Checks if the connection is visible to the current user.  If the
 connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will
@@ -827,8 +946,8 @@ reference to it.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
-user, FALSE if not.

+
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
+user, FALSE if not.

 

 

 
@@ -867,17 +986,17 @@ user, 
Property Details

 

 
The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
-to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
+to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
+
  “visible”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
 not.  If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it
 will not contain any settings, and operations such as
 nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always
@@ -890,6 +1009,6 @@ after you already have a reference to it.)

 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
index 45f7024f..f8c782fc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 
 
-
+
@@ -170,12 +170,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
 

 

@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMSecretAgentOld implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 
 

 
Description

@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ NMSecretAgentOld implements
 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GVariant *secrets,
+                                   GError *error,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to
 return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with
@@ -272,16 +272,16 @@ something like this:

 
 secrets = nm_simple_connection_new ();
 s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new ();
-g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
+g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
               NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK",
-              NULL);
+              NULL);
 nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec));
 secrets_dict = nm_connection_to_dbus (secrets, NM_CONNECTION_SERIALIZE_ALL);
 
 (call the NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc with secrets_dict)
 
-g_object_unref (secrets);
-g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
+g_object_unref (secrets);
+g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
       
     
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-register
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *identifier
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 registered
 Read
 

   

@@ -304,15 +304,15 @@ something like this:

 
 
 
connection

-
 the connection for which secrets were requested,
+
the connection for which secrets were requested,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
 
 
secrets

-
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
+
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
 secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example).  Each key in secrets
 should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
 and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant.  The sub-dicts
@@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ and the value is the secret

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GError *error,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -361,9 +361,9 @@ should be called.

 
 
 
connection

-
 the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
+
the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ has returned. 

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GError *error,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -408,9 +408,9 @@ should be called.

 
 
 
connection

-
 the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
+
the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -431,10 +431,10 @@ has returned. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save
 secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -456,12 +456,12 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

@@ -477,9 +477,9 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and
 save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -522,10 +522,10 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -543,12 +543,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -556,16 +556,16 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GError **error);

 
Unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or
 store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -585,12 +585,12 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

 

 

 

@@ -606,9 +606,9 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide
 or store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -649,10 +649,10 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GAsyncResult *result,
+                                       GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -670,12 +670,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -683,13 +683,13 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (
 

 
Returns

-
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

 

 

 

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (const char **hints,
                                  NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                                  NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection
  for the
 setting setting_name
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 
 
 
hints

-
 hints to the agent. 

+
hints to the agent. 

 [array zero-terminated=1]
 
 
@@ -767,12 +767,12 @@ secrets from the user.

 
 
 
callback

-
 a callback, to be invoked when the operation is done. 

+
a callback, to be invoked when the operation is done. 

 [scope async]
 
 
 
user_data

-
 caller-specific data to be passed to callback
+
caller-specific data to be passed to callback
 . 

 [closure]
 
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
                                   NMConnection *connection,
                                   NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection
  are stored to
 disk.

@@ -813,12 +813,12 @@ disk.

 
 
 
callback

-
 a callback, to be invoked when the operation is done. 

+
a callback, to be invoked when the operation is done. 

 [scope async]
 
 
 
user_data

-
 caller-specific data to be passed to callback
+
caller-specific data to be passed to callback
 . 

 [closure]
 
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ disk.

 nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to
 connection
 .

@@ -859,12 +859,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
 
 
callback

-
 a callback, to be invoked when the operation is done. 

+
a callback, to be invoked when the operation is done. 

 [scope async]
 
 
 
user_data

-
 caller-specific data to be passed to callback
+
caller-specific data to be passed to callback
 . 

 [closure]
 
@@ -908,15 +908,15 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean

-
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

+
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
 NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the
 agent will re-register itself automatically.

-
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
+
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
 agent will register itself with NetworkManager during
 construction/initialization, and initialization will fail with an error
 if the agent is unable to register itself.

-
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
+
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
 NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_register() or
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

 
Calling nm_secret_agent_old_unregister() will suppress auto-registration
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ you expect it to be unregistered.

 

 

 
The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *

+
  “identifier”               gchar *

 
Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the
 same identifier.  Identifier formatting follows the same rules as
 D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not
@@ -950,14 +950,14 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 

 

 
The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean

-
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean

+
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
index a56add03..4eddfb47 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_setting_lookup_type ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify_secrets ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_compare ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_diff ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
 
 
 
-const GVariantType *
+const GVariantType *
 
 
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -219,13 +219,13 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
     ├── NMSettingDiffResult
     ╰── NMSettingMacRandomization
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ├── NMSetting8021x
         ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -253,6 +253,7 @@
         ├── NMSettingPppoe
         ├── NMSettingProxy
         ├── NMSettingSerial
+        ├── NMSettingTCConfig
         ├── NMSettingTeamPort
         ├── NMSettingTeam
         ├── NMSettingTun
@@ -279,11 +280,11 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Functions

 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -318,7 +319,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

@@ -327,9 +328,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.
void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -372,9 +373,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -392,7 +393,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
+
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
 name
 is not recognized.

 

@@ -420,7 +421,7 @@ nm_setting_duplicate (
 
Returns

-
 a new NMSetting containing the same properties and values as the
+
a new NMSetting containing the same properties and values as the
 source NMSetting. 

 
[transfer full]

 
@@ -455,14 +456,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -480,15 +481,15 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -496,18 +497,18 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
                            NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the setting.
-The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
+The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation.
 The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because
 in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

@@ -527,15 +528,15 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -543,14 +544,14 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -586,18 +587,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -631,12 +632,12 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
-

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

@@ -657,7 +658,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -676,7 +677,7 @@ user function for each property.

 

-
+
@@ -716,17 +717,17 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -755,7 +756,7 @@ handle that secret.

 

-
+
@@ -763,18 +764,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -803,7 +804,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -811,19 +812,19 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

 
Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name
  is a D-Bus
-property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
connection
 the NMConnection that setting
+
the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
connection
 the NMConnection that setting
+
the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 
results
 if the
+
if the
 settings differ, on return a hash table mapping the differing keys to one or
 more NMSettingDiffResult values OR-ed together.  If the settings do not
 differ, any hash table passed in is unmodified.  If no hash table is passed
@@ -648,7 +649,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 
 
 

 

 
func
 user-supplied function called for each property of the setting. 
user-supplied function called for each property of the setting. 

 [scope call]
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -1148,7 +1149,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W
 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the
 connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for
 example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

@@ -1158,6 +1159,6 @@ example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index e9d35c7a..56c2b9dd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -747,19 +747,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -770,30 +770,30 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -814,54 +814,54 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -872,19 +872,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -895,19 +895,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -918,13 +918,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -935,13 +935,13 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -952,12 +952,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -1181,12 +1181,12 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ╰── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMSetting8021xAuthFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 

@@ -1228,9 +1228,9 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 
nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

 
NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);

+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
+                                     gsize length,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Determines and verifies the blob type.
 When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x
 the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

 

-
+
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

 
-
+
@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1545,12 +1545,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the CA certificate data. 

+
the CA certificate data. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1760,12 +1760,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *value,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1790,7 +1790,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

 

@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1898,14 +1898,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -2001,8 +2001,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ successfully added, void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -2069,8 +2069,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the client certificate data. 

+
the client certificate data. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2247,12 +2247,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

 

@@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 
 
 

@@ -2417,7 +2417,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@ use 
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the "phase 2" CA certificate data. 

+
the "phase 2" CA certificate data. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2634,12 +2634,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *value,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2664,7 +2664,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

@@ -2688,7 +2688,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2773,14 +2773,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2877,8 +2877,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2887,7 +2887,7 @@ successfully added, void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2915,7 +2915,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2945,8 +2945,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the "phase 2" client certificate data. 

+
the "phase 2" client certificate data. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -3127,13 +3127,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

@@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (
 

 
Returns

-
 the password used by the authentication method as a
+
the password used by the authentication method as a
 UTF-8-encoded array of bytes, as specified by the
 “password-raw” property. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -3440,7 +3440,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3466,7 +3466,7 @@ keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the private key data. 

+
the private key data. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -3534,13 +3534,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3554,7 +3554,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -3584,13 +3584,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3615,7 +3615,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3736,7 +3736,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3762,7 +3762,7 @@ keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 the "phase 2" private key data. 

+
the "phase 2" private key data. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -3831,14 +3831,14 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3852,7 +3852,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3882,14 +3882,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3914,7 +3914,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -4029,7 +4029,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_auth_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “auth-timeout” property.

 

@@ -4507,7 +4507,7 @@ should be used.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “altsubject-matches” property

-
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

+
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty,
 no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

@@ -4516,7 +4516,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

 
Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Used as the
 unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled
 identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -4526,7 +4526,7 @@ identity like EAP-TTLS.

 

 

 
The “auth-timeout” property

-
  “auth-timeout”             gint

+
  “auth-timeout”             gint

 
A timeout for the authentication. Zero means the global default; if the
 global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4537,7 +4537,7 @@ global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.

 

 

 
The “ca-cert” property

-
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

+
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

 
Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the
 “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -4555,7 +4555,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “ca-cert-password” property

-
  “ca-cert-password”         gchar *

+
  “ca-cert-password”         gchar *

 
The password used to access the CA certificate stored in
 “ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4574,7 +4574,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “client-cert” property

-
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

+
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

 
Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in
 the “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -4600,7 +4600,7 @@ with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.

 

 

 
The “client-cert-password” property

-
  “client-cert-password”     gchar *

+
  “client-cert-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to access the client certificate stored in
 “client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4619,7 +4619,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *

+
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *

 
Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix
 match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by
 the authentication server.  If a matching dNSName is found, this
@@ -4632,7 +4632,7 @@ matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.

 

 

 
The “eap” property

-
  “eap”                      GStrv

+
  “eap”                      GStrv

 
The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with
 802.1x.  Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd",
 and "fast".  Each method requires different configuration using the
@@ -4643,7 +4643,7 @@ allowed combinations.

 

 

 
The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *

+
  “identity”                 gchar *

 
Identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Often the user's user or
 login name.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4652,7 +4652,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -4660,7 +4660,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
 property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-raw” property

-
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

+
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

 
Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to
 allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
@@ -4694,7 +4694,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “phase1-auth-flags” property

-
  “phase1-auth-flags”        guint

+
  “phase1-auth-flags”        guint

 
Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer
 authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options.
 The individual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain
@@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

 
Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when
 FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property.
 Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated
@@ -4721,7 +4721,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

 
Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS
 servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with
 PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the
@@ -4732,7 +4732,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

 
Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in
 the “eap” property.  When unset, the version reported by
 the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it
@@ -4745,7 +4745,7 @@ version.

 

 

 
The “phase2-altsubject-matches” property

-
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

+
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner
 "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the
@@ -4755,7 +4755,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when
 an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are
@@ -4768,7 +4768,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods
 when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are
@@ -4781,7 +4781,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-cert” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

+
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified
 in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap”
 properties.

@@ -4800,7 +4800,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-cert-password” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert-password”  gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-cert-password”  gchar *

 
The password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in
 “phase2-ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4819,7 +4819,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -4829,7 +4829,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “phase2-client-cert” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method
 specified in the “phase2-auth” or
 “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -4848,7 +4848,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-client-cert-password” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-client-cert-password” gchar *

 
The password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in
 “phase2-client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4867,7 +4867,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “phase2-domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *

+
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *

 
Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix
 match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by
 the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication.  If
@@ -4881,7 +4881,7 @@ using same suffix match comparison.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key” property

-
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the
 “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” property is
 set to "tls".

@@ -4907,7 +4907,7 @@ password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the
 “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either
 uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -4929,7 +4929,7 @@ function.

 

 

 
The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2"
 authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server
@@ -4942,7 +4942,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.

 

 

 
The “private-key” property

-
  “private-key”              GBytes *

+
  “private-key”              GBytes *

 
Contains the private key when the “eap” property is set to
 "tls".

 
Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob
@@ -4987,7 +4987,7 @@ private key data.

 

 

 
The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the
 “private-key” property when the private key either uses the
 path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -5008,7 +5008,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *

+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the
 authentication server certificate's subject is performed.  This property
@@ -5020,8 +5020,8 @@ NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match.

 

 

 
The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

-
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
+
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

+
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
 “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory
 specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch.  The
 certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in
@@ -5036,6 +5036,6 @@ properties instead (sets ca_cert/ca_cert2 options for wpa_supplicant).

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index 3f2ec01a..9761522e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

 
Encapsulation of ADSL connection.  Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *

+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

 
ADSL connection protocol.  Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint

+
  “vci”                      guint

 
VCI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint

+
  “vpi”                      guint

 
VPI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -569,6 +569,6 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
index 4c87f4f0..b0a6bfe2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingBluetooth object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingBluetooth object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingBluetooth object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ which accepts PANU clients.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bdaddr” property

-
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

+
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

 
The Bluetooth address of the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ which accepts PANU clients.

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal
 Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -284,6 +284,6 @@ Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
index b2e69366..da05b73e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
+GHashTable *
 
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -281,14 +281,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<
 
Creates a new NMSettingBond object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingBond object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingBond object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -348,13 +348,13 @@ such as during option iteration.

 
 

-
-
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ modified. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 
@@ -402,14 +402,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -448,14 +448,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -485,14 +485,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout ()
@@ -713,30 +713,30 @@
 
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *anonymous-identity
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 auth-timeout
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *ca-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *client-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *domain-suffix-match
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 eap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pac-file
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *password-raw
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 phase1-auth-flags
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peaplabel
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peapver
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 phase2-altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-auth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-autheap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-client-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-domain-suffix-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 system-ca-certs
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
pdata
 the data pointer. 
the data pointer. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 

 
error
 (out): validation reason. 
(out): validation reason. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

   
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *encapsulation
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *protocol
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vci
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vpi
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *bdaddr
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 

 
-GHashTable *options
 Read / Write
 

 
out_name
 on return, the name of the bonding option;
+
on return, the name of the bonding option;
 this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 [out][transfer none]
 

 

 
out_value
 on return, the value of the name of the
+
on return, the value of the name of the
 bonding option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be
 modified. 

 [out][transfer none]

@@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ the name
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

 
 

@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ is not a valid option, NMSettingBond *setting);
 
Returns a list of valid bond options.

 
The setting
- argument is unused and may be passed as NULL.

+ argument is unused and may be passed as NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -549,14 +549,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 
-
+

 
setting
 the NMSettingBond. 
the NMSettingBond. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options.  Both keys and values
 must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters
 (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

@@ -791,6 +791,6 @@ must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index ce6d30e5..9c7224b0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()
@@ -133,48 +133,48 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ageing-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 forward-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 group-forward-mask
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 hello-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mac-address
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 max-age
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multicast-snooping
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 stp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingBridge object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingBridge object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingBridge object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint

+
  “ageing-time”              guint

 
The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint

+
  “forward-delay”            guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “group-forward-mask” property

-
  “group-forward-mask”       guint

+
  “group-forward-mask”       guint

 
A mask of group addresses to forward. Usually, group addresses in
 the range from 01:80:C2:00:00:00 to 01:80:C2:00:00:0F are not
 forwarded according to standards. This property is a mask of 16 bits,
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ used for STP, MAC pause frames and LACP.

 

 

 
The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint

+
  “hello-time”               guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ used for STP, MAC pause frames and LACP.

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this
 MAC address will be set.

 
If this field is left unspecified, the "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" is
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ is deprecated.

 

 

 
The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint

+
  “max-age”                  guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ is deprecated.

 

 

 
The “multicast-snooping” property

-
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

+
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

 
Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge.
 Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions,
 the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ resolved.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge.  Lower
 values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root
 bridge.

@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ bridge.

 

 

 
The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean

+
  “stp”                      gboolean

 
Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -659,6 +659,6 @@ bridge.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index 04547c51..8f0a6dac 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -86,17 +86,17 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 hairpin-mode
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 path-cost
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -155,14 +155,14 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 
Creates a new NMSettingBridgePort object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingBridgePort object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingBridgePort object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
 
Property Details

 

 
The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

 
Enables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
 be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 

 

 
The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint

+
  “path-cost”                guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this
 port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ port.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 63

@@ -300,6 +300,6 @@ port.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index 7fea983e..c257430a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu ()
@@ -99,19 +99,19 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 number
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 password
 Read / Write
 
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 username
 Read / Write
 
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu (NMSettingCdma *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu (
Property Details

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile
 broadband network, if any.  If not specified, the default number (777)
 is used when required.

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ is used when required.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

@@ -415,6 +415,6 @@ username is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index 4dc2e00e..963914a8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries ()
@@ -293,22 +293,22 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 auth-retries
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 autoconnect-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 autoconnect-retries
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -318,30 +318,30 @@
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 gateway-ping-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 id
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 interface-name
 Read / Write
 
 
-gint
+gint
 lldp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 master
 Read / Write
 
@@ -351,52 +351,52 @@
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 permissions
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 read-only
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 secondaries
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 slave-type
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 stable-id
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 timestamp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 uuid
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 zone
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -524,10 +524,10 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionLldp
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 

@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect-priority” property of the connection.
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ The higher number, the higher priority.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect-retries” property of the connection.
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ Zero means infinite, -1 means the global default value.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

@@ -816,13 +816,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the “permissions”
@@ -850,9 +850,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 
 
out_detail

-
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

+
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 
 
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ of this setting.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 

@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -961,14 +961,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 
 
detail

-
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

+
unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid or it the permission was already
 present in the list

@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ present in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ be a username. See 
detail

-
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

+
unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ be a username. See 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 

@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ with the connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 

@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1380,13 +1380,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ enabled for the connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “auth-retries” property.

@@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ should be activated when master is activated.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-retries” property

-
  “auth-retries”             gint

+
  “auth-retries”             gint

 
The number of retries for the authentication. Zero means to try indefinitely; -1 means
 to use a global default. If the global default is not set, the authentication
 retries for 3 times before failing the connection.

@@ -1742,10 +1742,10 @@ retries for 3 times before failing the connection.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by
 NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available.
-TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
+TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
 intervention to activate the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect-priority” property

-
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

+
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

 
The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect,
 connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0.
 The higher number means higher priority.

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ The higher number means higher priority.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect-retries” property

-
  “autoconnect-retries”      gint

+
  “autoconnect-retries”      gint

 
The number of times a connection should be tried when autoactivating before
 giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not
 overridden). Setting this to 1 means to try activation only once before
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.

 

 

 
The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

 
If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the
 timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi"
 or "T-Mobile 3G".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not
 set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the
 appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “lldp” property

-
  “lldp”                     gint

+
  “lldp”                     gint

 
Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: -1

@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1855,9 +1855,9 @@ the change takes effect immediately.

 

 

 
The “permissions” property

-
  “permissions”              GStrv

+
  “permissions”              GStrv

 
An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this
-connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
+connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
 this connection; otherwise users are allowed if and only if they are in
 this list.  When this is not empty, the connection can be active only when
 one of the specified users is logged into an active session.  Each entry
@@ -1872,9 +1872,9 @@ use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean

-
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
-service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
+
  “read-only”                gboolean

+
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
+service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
 connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 

 

 
The “secondaries” property

-
  “secondaries”              GStrv

+
  “secondaries”              GStrv

 
List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base
 connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are
 supported.

@@ -1891,9 +1891,9 @@ supported.

 

 

 
The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *

+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

 
Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg,
-NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
+NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
 slave.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ slave.

 

 

 
The “stable-id” property

-
  “stable-id”                gchar *

+
  “stable-id”                gchar *

 
Token to generate stable IDs for the connection.

 
The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses
 with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the
@@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.

 

 

 
The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64

+
  “timestamp”                guint64

 
The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last
 _successfully_ fully activated.

 
NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should
 contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie,
 "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for
@@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

 

 

 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated
 with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and
 never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same
@@ -1967,16 +1967,16 @@ provider, or nm_utils_uuid_generate() or
-nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

+nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

 

 

 

 
The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *

+
  “zone”                     gchar *

 
The trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string
-(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
+(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
 the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the
 firewall.

 
When updating this property on a currently activated connection,
@@ -1987,6 +1987,6 @@ the change takes effect immediately.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index efffaae4..970f8d65 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -260,19 +260,19 @@
 
-
+
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
 
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -294,19 +294,19 @@
 
 
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -406,9 +406,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 

@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingDcb object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingDcb object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingDcb object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -638,10 +638,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *app-fcoe-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 app-fcoe-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-fip-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-iscsi-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-flow-control
 Read / Write
 

 
-GArray *priority-group-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 
-GArray *priority-group-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-strict-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-traffic-class
 Read / Write
 

@@ -666,9 +666,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

 
 

@@ -677,8 +677,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -738,9 +738,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -776,8 +776,8 @@ only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -813,10 +813,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -853,8 +853,8 @@ only valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);
+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -889,9 +889,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -927,8 +927,8 @@ These values are only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -992,9 +992,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

 
@@ -1004,8 +1004,8 @@ assigned group, or void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1029,9 +1029,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
@@ -1041,10 +1041,10 @@ its priority group, or 
 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not
 
 

 

@@ -1081,8 +1081,8 @@ valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);
 
 
 

@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

 
The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC
 (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fip-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ may be any combination of 
 
The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1
 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “priority-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

+
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of
 the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ percents.

 

 

 
The “priority-flow-control” property

-
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

+
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding
 priority should transmit priority pause.

@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ Flags may be any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the
 Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link
 bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-id” property

-
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

+
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID.  Allowed
 Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

 

 

 
The “priority-strict-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may
 use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

 

 

 
The “priority-traffic-class” property

-
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

+
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to
 which the priority is mapped.

@@ -1403,6 +1403,6 @@ which the priority is mapped.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html
index 17d5d116..f8a7f8a1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDummy
 

@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ nm_setting_dummy_new (void
 
Creates a new NMSettingDummy object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingDummy object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingDummy object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.8

@@ -111,6 +111,6 @@ nm_setting_dummy_new (void
 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index a6ae4f6e..ff628cfe 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 optional properties that apply to "generic" devices (ie, devices that
 NetworkManager does not specifically recognize).

 
There are currently no properties on this object; it exists only to be
-the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

+the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

 

 

 
Functions

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ nm_setting_generic_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingGeneric object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingGeneric object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingGeneric object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -113,6 +113,6 @@ nm_setting_generic_new (void
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index 2be36702..df0775e6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -214,19 +214,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_operator_id (
 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *

+
  “apn”                      gchar *

 
The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a
 data session with the GSM-based network.  The APN often determines how
 the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM
 

 

 
The “device-id” property

-
  “device-id”                gchar *

+
  “device-id”                gchar *

 
The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will only
 apply to the specified device.

@@ -780,8 +780,8 @@ apply to the specified device.

 

 

 
The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean

-
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
+
  “home-only”                gboolean

+
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
 Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *

+
  “network-id”               gchar *

 
The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network
 registration.  If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will
 attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network.
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based
 mobile broadband network.  Many modems do not require PPP for connections
 to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other
 operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the
 device.

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “sim-id” property

-
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

+
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

 
The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply
 to any device also allowed by “device-id” which contains a
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ SIM card matching the given identifier.

 

 

 
The “sim-operator-id” property

-
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

+
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

 
A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific
 mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given,
 the connection will apply to any device also allowed by
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ card provisioned by the given operator.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

@@ -891,6 +891,6 @@ username is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
index 963b1637..07df6282 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingIP4Config object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingIP4Config object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingIP4Config object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ through that interface to the default network.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

 
A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the
 DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.
 When the property is a hex string ('aa:bb:cc') it is interpreted as a
@@ -325,8 +325,8 @@ non-hardware-address client ID and the 'type' field is set to 0.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-fqdn” property

-
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This
 property and “dhcp-hostname” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -337,6 +337,6 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index b4b41ffb..440245a4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
-
+
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingIP6Config object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingIP6Config object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingIP6Config object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ specified by RFC7217.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addr-gen-mode” property

-
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

+
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

 
Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6
 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are:
 NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_EUI64 or
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.

 

 

 
The “token” property

-
  “token”                    gchar *

+
  “token”                    gchar *

 
Configure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02
 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -528,6 +528,6 @@ IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
index f0a5107f..341714ed 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 
+GPtrArray *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -856,6 +856,10 @@
 
 
+
+
+
+
@@ -1039,10 +1043,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ╰── NMIPRoute
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ├── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -1067,8 +1071,8 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                    const char *addr,
-                   guint prefix,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint prefix,
+                   GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1097,7 +1101,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 

-
+
@@ -1105,7 +1109,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1114,9 +1118,9 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
-                          gconstpointer addr,
-                          guint prefix,
-                          GError **error);

+                          gconstpointer addr,
+                          guint prefix,
+                          GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr
  must point to a buffer of the
 correct size for family
@@ -1148,7 +1152,7 @@ correct size for family
 
 

-
+
@@ -1156,7 +1160,7 @@ correct size for family
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1208,7 +1212,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                      NMIPAddress *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix
@@ -1238,7 +1242,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
 

@@ -1265,7 +1269,7 @@ nm_ip_address_dup (
 
Returns

-
 a copy of address
+
a copy of address
 . 

 
[transfer full]

 
@@ -1362,7 +1366,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);

+                                  gpointer addr);
 
Gets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1396,7 +1400,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (
nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);

+                                  gconstpointer addr);
 
Sets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1428,7 +1432,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

 
Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -1457,7 +1461,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);

+                          guint prefix);

 
Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1506,14 +1510,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -1543,10 +1547,10 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (
 
Returns

-
 the value of the attribute with name name
+
the value of the attribute with name name
 on
 address
-, or NULL if address
+, or NULL if address
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1557,7 +1561,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);

+                             GVariant *value);
 
Sets or clears the named attribute on address
  to the given value.

 

@@ -1581,7 +1585,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (
value

-

+
@@ -1594,10 +1598,10 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new (int family,
                  const char *dest,
-                 guint prefix,
+                 guint prefix,
                  const char *next_hop,
-                 gint64 metric,
-                 GError **error);
+                 gint64 metric,
+                 GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1626,7 +1630,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 

-
+
@@ -1636,7 +1640,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
-
+
@@ -1644,7 +1648,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1653,14 +1657,14 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

 
NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);

+                        gconstpointer dest,
+                        guint prefix,
+                        gconstpointer next_hop,
+                        gint64 metric,
+                        GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest
  and next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must
+ (if non-NULL) must
 point to buffers of the correct size for family
 .

 

@@ -1690,7 +1694,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 

-
+
@@ -1700,7 +1704,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
-
+
@@ -1708,7 +1712,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1760,7 +1764,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
@@ -1790,16 +1794,16 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_ip_route_equal_full ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal_full (NMIPRoute *route,
                         NMIPRoute *other,
-                        guint cmp_flags);

+                        guint cmp_flags);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
 next hop, and metric.

 

@@ -1834,7 +1838,7 @@ is supported.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
Since: 1.10

 

@@ -1862,7 +1866,7 @@ nm_ip_route_dup (
 
Returns

-
 a copy of route
+
a copy of route
 . 

 
[transfer full]

 
@@ -1959,7 +1963,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);

+                             gpointer dest);
 
Gets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1993,7 +1997,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (
nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);

+                             gconstpointer dest);
 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -2025,7 +2029,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (
 
nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -2053,7 +2057,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);

+                        guint prefix);

 
Sets the prefix property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2083,7 +2087,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

 
const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);

-
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
+
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
 route has no next hop.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2102,7 +2106,7 @@ route has no next hop.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

 

 

 

@@ -2113,7 +2117,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);
 
Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
+ (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
 's family. If you
 aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check
 it.

@@ -2133,7 +2137,7 @@ it.

 
 
-
+
@@ -2143,9 +2147,9 @@ it.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);

+                                 gpointer next_hop);

 
Gets the next hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -2175,8 +2179,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if route
-has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
+
 TRUE if route
+has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
 next_hop
 will be zeroed out)

 

@@ -2186,10 +2190,10 @@ will be zeroed out)

 
nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

+                                 gconstpointer next_hop);
 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
+ (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
 route
 's family.

 
[skip]

@@ -2219,7 +2223,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values
 indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
@@ -2249,7 +2253,7 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
 
nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);

+                        gint64 metric);

 
Sets the metric property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2298,14 +2302,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -2335,10 +2339,10 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (
 
Returns

-
 the value of the attribute with name name
+
the value of the attribute with name name
 on
 route
-, or NULL if route
+, or NULL if route
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2349,7 +2353,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);

+                           GVariant *value);
 
Sets the named attribute on route
  to the given value.

 

@@ -2373,7 +2377,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_attribute (
value

-

+
@@ -2395,12 +2399,12 @@ nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec
 

 

 
nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate (const char *name,
-                                GVariant *value,
+                                GVariant *value,
                                 int family,
-                                gboolean *known,
-                                GError **error);

+                                gboolean *known,
+                                GError **error);

 
Validates a route attribute, i.e. checks that the attribute is a known one
 and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 

@@ -2429,12 +2433,12 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2442,7 +2446,7 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.8

 
@@ -2476,7 +2480,7 @@ methods available with each type.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2535,7 +2539,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -2563,7 +2567,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -2601,7 +2605,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);

@@ -2631,7 +2635,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -2659,7 +2663,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2719,7 +2723,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -2747,7 +2751,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 

 

@@ -2786,7 +2790,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -2816,7 +2820,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -2846,7 +2850,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2873,7 +2877,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list
 is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states.
@@ -2897,7 +2901,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

 

 

 
Returns

-
 whether DNS options are initalized or left unset (the default).

+
 whether DNS options are initialized or left unset (the default).

 

 

 

@@ -2905,7 +2909,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu ()
@@ -158,41 +158,41 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *apn
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *device-id
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 home-only
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *network-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *sim-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *sim-operator-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-client-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-fqdn
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 addr-gen-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *token
 Read / Write
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_address_equal ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_equal ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_equal_full ()
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_metric ()
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority ()
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table ()
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()
@@ -734,96 +734,96 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *addresses
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 dad-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 dhcp-send-hostname
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 dhcp-timeout
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 dns
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 dns-options
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 dns-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 dns-search
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *gateway
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 route-table
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *routes
 Read / Write
 

 #defineNM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_ONLINK
#define
 NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
 the value. 
the value. 

 [transfer none][allow-none]
 

 

 
next_hop
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 
the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
next_hop
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 
the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
next_hop
 the route's next hop, as a string. 
the route's next hop, as a string. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
 the value. 
the value. 

 [transfer none][allow-none]
 

 

 
known
 on return, whether the attribute name is a known one. 
on return, whether the attribute name is a known one. 

 [out]
 

 

 
error
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 
return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

@@ -2938,10 +2942,10 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2975,7 +2979,7 @@ DNS option, or -1 if no valid option is found

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

 
Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

@@ -3003,7 +3007,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -3043,7 +3047,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);

@@ -3073,7 +3077,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -3083,7 +3087,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);

+                                gboolean is_set);
 
Removes all configured DNS options.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3113,7 +3117,7 @@ Specify how to clear the options.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3139,7 +3143,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -3192,7 +3196,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (
 

 
Returns

-
 the address at index idx
+
the address at index idx
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -3200,7 +3204,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

 
Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -3229,7 +3233,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 

@@ -3267,7 +3271,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);

@@ -3297,7 +3301,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3345,13 +3349,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
Returns

 
 the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or
-NULL.

+NULL.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3403,7 +3407,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (
 

 
Returns

-
 the route at index idx
+
the route at index idx
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -3411,13 +3415,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

 
Appends a new route and associated information to the setting.  The
 given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.
 If an identical route (considering attributes as well) already exists, the
-route is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+route is not added and the function returns FALSE.

 
Note that before 1.10, this function would not consider route attributes
 and not add a route that has an existing route with same dest/prefix,next_hop,metric
 parameters.

@@ -3445,7 +3449,7 @@ parameters.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 

 

@@ -3482,7 +3486,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

@@ -3515,7 +3519,7 @@ and ignore route attributes. Now, route
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3543,7 +3547,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

@@ -3571,7 +3575,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-table”
 property.

@@ -3599,7 +3603,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -3621,14 +3625,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -3650,7 +3654,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -3685,7 +3689,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -3707,7 +3711,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -3715,7 +3719,7 @@ update DNS information for this machine.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -3737,14 +3741,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
 connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -3765,14 +3769,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3798,7 +3802,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout”
 property.

@@ -3852,6 +3856,12 @@ the particular kind of device.

 

 

 

+
NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_ONLINK

+
#define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_ONLINK         "onlink"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW

 
#define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_WINDOW         "window"
 

@@ -4124,7 +4134,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP addresses.

 
Element-Type: NMIPAddress

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4132,7 +4142,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

 

 

 
The “dad-timeout” property

-
  “dad-timeout”              gint

+
  “dad-timeout”              gint

 
Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP
 addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the
 activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address
@@ -4147,8 +4157,8 @@ timeout in milliseconds.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 This property and “dhcp-fqdn” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -4158,19 +4168,19 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

-
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
+
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

+
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially
 providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
-“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
-TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

+
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

 
A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: >= 0

@@ -4179,16 +4189,16 @@ providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
 

 

 
The “dns” property

-
  “dns”                      GStrv

+
  “dns”                      GStrv

 
Array of IP addresses of DNS servers.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “dns-options” property

-
  “dns-options”              GStrv

+
  “dns-options”              GStrv

 
Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf.

-
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
+
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
 In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is
 distinct from an empty list of properties.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4197,7 +4207,7 @@ distinct from an empty list of properties.

 

 

 
The “dns-priority” property

-
  “dns-priority”             gint

+
  “dns-priority”             gint

 
Intra-connection DNS priority.

 
The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS
 servers in resolv.conf.  A lower value means that servers will be on top
@@ -4221,14 +4231,14 @@ value will be used.

 

 

 
The “dns-search” property

-
  “dns-search”               GStrv

+
  “dns-search”               GStrv

 
Array of DNS search domains.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful
 if “addresses” is also set.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4237,9 +4247,9 @@ if 
 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
+TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
 ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
 any, are used.

@@ -4249,9 +4259,9 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
+TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
 specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4259,12 +4269,12 @@ specified in the 
 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
 configuration specified by this property times out.  Note that at least
 one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will
 still fail.  For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to
-TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
+TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
 to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes
 successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -4273,7 +4283,7 @@ successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IP configuration method.

 
NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto",
 "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for
@@ -4293,8 +4303,8 @@ manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
 IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by
 NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -4303,7 +4313,7 @@ NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
 The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically
 based on the device type.
@@ -4321,7 +4331,7 @@ For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.

 

 

 
The “route-table” property

-
  “route-table”              guint

+
  “route-table”              guint

 
Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes.

 
This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes
 and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting
@@ -4341,7 +4351,7 @@ of NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP routes.

 
Element-Type: NMIPRoute

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4353,6 +4363,6 @@ of NetworkManager.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
index 7911de4d..428334c1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPTunnel
 

@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingIPTunnel object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingIPTunnel object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingIPTunnel object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

 

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

 

@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

 

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

 

@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended
 to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to
 IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it
 must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP or
 NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments.

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be
 routed via that interface.

@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6
 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ address.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that
 packets inherit the TTL value.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -852,6 +852,6 @@ packets inherit the TTL value.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index 9b38e013..c2ffe028 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingInfiniband object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingInfiniband object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingInfiniband object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name
                                (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 
Returns the interface name created by combining “parent”
 and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will
-return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()
@@ -153,67 +153,67 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 encapsulation-limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 flow-label
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *input-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *local
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *output-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *remote
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -107,29 +107,29 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 p-key
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *transport-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ return 
 
Returns

-
 the interface name, or NULL

+
 the interface name, or NULL

 
 
 
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ return 
Property Details

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint

+
  “p-key”                    gint

 
The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use
 the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0").  Otherwise it is a 16-bit
 unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership"
@@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ P_Key.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

-
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
 but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must
 specify the base device by setting either this property or
 “mac-address”.

@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 
The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

 
The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or
 "connected".

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -461,6 +461,6 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
index f7c6b4f7..4170cbb4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -140,28 +140,28 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -237,10 +237,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingMacsecMode
     ╰── NMSettingMacsecValidation
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacsec
 

@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ nm_setting_macsec_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingMacsec object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingMacsec object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingMacsec object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.6

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_macsec_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt (NMSettingMacsec *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ in MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “encrypt” property

-
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

+
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

 
Whether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ in MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.

 

 

 
The “mka-cak” property

-
  “mka-cak”                  gchar *

+
  “mka-cak”                  gchar *

 
The pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec
 Key Agreement.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “mka-ckn” property

-
  “mka-ckn”                  gchar *

+
  “mka-ckn”                  gchar *

 
The pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for
 MACsec Key Agreement.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ MACsec Key Agreement.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gint

+
  “mode”                     gint

 
Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key
 Agreement) is obtained.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Agreement) is obtained.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this MACSEC interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gint

+
  “port”                     gint

 
The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [1,65534]

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “validation” property

-
  “validation”               gint

+
  “validation”               gint

 
Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 2

@@ -705,6 +705,6 @@ with a 
 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
index a981efd3..a911e8bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingMacvlanMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacvlan
 

@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingMacvlan object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingMacvlan object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingMacvlan object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (
 

 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (
Property Details

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple
 macvlans on the same lower device.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ macvlans on the same lower device.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “promiscuous” property

-
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

+
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -438,6 +438,6 @@ with a 
 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index de0eaa96..23a8679b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 
Property Details

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 

 

 
The “dhcp-anycast-address” property

-
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

+
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

 
Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP.
 The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class
 answers the request.

@@ -253,13 +253,13 @@ answers the request.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the mesh network to join.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
index 69aa1bc4..3e66cb06 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPpp
 

@@ -412,14 +412,14 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingPpp object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingPpp object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingPpp object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified
 baudrate.  This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically
 choose the speed.

@@ -1003,17 +1003,17 @@ choose the speed.

 

 

 
The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

-
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
+
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

+
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
 flow control with RTS and CTS signals.  This value should normally be set
-to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has
 failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the
 peer.  The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ value if this property is used.

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer
 every n seconds (where n is the specified value).  Note that some PPP
 peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not
@@ -1035,8 +1035,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

 

 

 
The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
+
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
 information on stateful MPPE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

 

 

 
The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint

+
  “mru”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no
 larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 128 and 16384.

@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified
 size.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1064,82 +1064,82 @@ size.

 

 

 
The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
-authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
-from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
+authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
+from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

-
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

+
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

-
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for
+
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

+
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for
 the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the
 session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband
 connections.

@@ -1149,16 +1149,16 @@ connections.

 

 

 
The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

-
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be
+
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

+
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be
 required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also
-be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
index 1916df1a..48cd6c33 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -99,13 +99,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPppoe
 

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_new (void
 
Creates a new NMSettingPppoe object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingPppoe object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingPppoe object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name on which this PPPoE
 connection should be created.  If this property is not specified,
 the connection is activated on the interface specified in
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ the connection is activated on the interface specified in
 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ the connection is activated on the interface specified in
 

 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access
 concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers,
 this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -415,6 +415,6 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index 8ba3947b..b194767a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ serial communications

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ serial communications

 
-
+
-
+
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ serial communications

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialParity
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 

@@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingSerial object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingSerial object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingSerial object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
Speed to use for communication over the serial port.  Note that this
 value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally
 ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint

+
  “bits”                     guint

 
Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64

+
  “send-delay”               guint64

 
Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint

+
  “stopbits”                 guint

 
Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port.  Either 1 or 2.
 The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -458,6 +458,6 @@ The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index dc508a22..b68ee8a4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,6 +43,131 @@
 

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()
@@ -123,13 +123,13 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 encrypt
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mka-cak
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *mka-ckn
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 port
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 validation
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -93,23 +93,23 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 promiscuous
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 tap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-anycast-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read / Write
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -207,92 +207,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 crtscts
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-failure
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-interval
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 mppe-stateful
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mru
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 no-vj-comp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 noauth
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nobsdcomp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nodeflate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-chap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-eap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschapv2
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-pap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe-128
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *service
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ serial communications

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 bits
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guint64guint64
 send-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 stopbits
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
+NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_new_ethtool ()
+

+NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_new_nsna_ping ()
+

+NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping ()
+

+void
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_ref ()
+

+void
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_unref ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_equal ()
+

+NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_dup ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_name ()
+

+int
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_up ()
+

+int
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_down ()
+

+int
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_init_wait ()
+

+int
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_interval ()
+

+int
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_missed_max ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_target_host ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_source_host ()
+

+NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags
+
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_flags ()
+

 NMSetting *
 
 
@@ -56,6 +181,193 @@
 nm_setting_team_get_config ()
 
 

+gint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_count ()
+

+gint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_interval ()
+

+gint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_count ()
+

+gint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_interval ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_hwaddr_policy ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer ()
+

+gint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer_interval ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_active ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate ()
+

+gint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_sys_prio ()
+

+gint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_min_ports ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_agg_select_policy ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value ()
+

+guint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash ()
+
const char *
+
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash ()
+

+void
+
+nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash ()
+

+guint
+
+nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers ()
+

+NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+
+nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher ()
+

+void
+
+nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher ()
+

+gboolean
+
+nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()
+

+void
+
+nm_setting_team_clear_link_watchers ()
+

 
 

 

@@ -67,24 +379,122 @@
 
 
 
-
+
+
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
-
-

-

-

-
Types and Values

-

----
-
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+




 
#define
+GPtrArray *link-watchersRead / Write
gintmcast-rejoin-countRead / Write
gintmcast-rejoin-intervalRead / Write
gintnotify-peers-countRead / Write
gintnotify-peers-intervalRead / Write

+gchar *runnerRead / Write
gbooleanrunner-activeRead / Write

+gchar *runner-agg-select-policyRead / Write
gbooleanrunner-fast-rateRead / Write

+gchar *runner-hwaddr-policyRead / Write
gintrunner-min-portsRead / Write
gintrunner-sys-prioRead / Write

+gchar *runner-tx-balancerRead / Write
gintrunner-tx-balancer-intervalRead / Write
GStrvrunner-tx-hashRead / Write

+

+

+
Types and Values

+

++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -92,6 +502,146 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -100,7 +650,11 @@
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GBoxed
+    ╰── NMTeamLinkWatcher
+    GFlags
+    ╰── NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -110,26 +664,1221 @@
 
The NMSettingTeam object is a NMSetting subclass that describes properties
 necessary for team connections.

 

-

-
Functions

-

-
nm_setting_team_new ()

-
NMSetting *
-nm_setting_team_new (void);

-
Creates a new NMSettingTeam object with default values.

+

+
Functions

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_new_ethtool ()

+
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+nm_team_link_watcher_new_ethtool (gint delay_up,
+                                  gint delay_down,
+                                  GError **error);

+
Creates a new ethtool NMTeamLinkWatcher object

+

+
Parameters

+




enumNMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags
#defineNM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ETHTOOL
#defineNM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING
#defineNM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_NSNA_PING
#define
 NM_SETTING_TEAM_SETTING_NAME
 

 
NM_SETTING_TEAM_CONFIG
 

 
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_INTERVAL
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_COUNT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_INTERVAL
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_HASH
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVE
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_FAST_RATE
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_MIN_PORTS
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_LINK_WATCHERS
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_BROADCAST
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ROUNDROBIN
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVEBACKUP
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LOADBALANCE
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LACP
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_SAME_ALL
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_BY_ACTIVE
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_ONLY_ACTIVE
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO_STABLE
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_BANDWIDTH
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_COUNT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_PORT_CONFIG
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_MCAST_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_DEFAULT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_DEFAULT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL_DEFAULT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO_DEFAULT
#defineNM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_DEFAULT

  
 NMSettingTeam
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





delay_up
delay_up value
 
delay_down
delay_down value
 
error
this call never fails, so this var is not used but kept for format
+consistency with the link_watcher constructors of other type
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_new_nsna_ping ()

+
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+nm_team_link_watcher_new_nsna_ping (gint init_wait,
+                                    gint interval,
+                                    gint missed_max,
+                                    const char *target_host,
+                                    GError **error);

+
Creates a new nsna_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





init_wait
init_wait value
 
interval
interval value
 
missed_max
missed_max value
 
target_host
the host name or the ipv6 address that will be used as
+target address in the NS packet
 
error
location to store the error on failure. 
[out][allow-none]

+

+

+
Returns

+
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping ()

+
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping (gint init_wait,
+                                   gint interval,
+                                   gint missed_max,
+                                   const char *target_host,
+                                   const char *source_host,
+                                   NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags flags,
+                                   GError **error);

+
Creates a new arp_ping NMTeamLinkWatcher object

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





init_wait
init_wait value
 
interval
interval value
 
missed_max
missed_max value
 
target_host
the host name or the ip address that will be used as destination
+address in the arp request
 
source_host
the host name or the ip address that will be used as source
+address in the arp request
 
flags
the watcher NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags
 
error
location to store the error on failure. 
[out][allow-none]

+

+

+
Returns

+
the new NMTeamLinkWatcher object, or NULL on error. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_ref ()

+
void
+nm_team_link_watcher_ref (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Increases the reference count of the object.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_unref ()

+
void
+nm_team_link_watcher_unref (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Decreases the reference count of the object.  If the reference count
+reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_equal ()

+
gboolean
+nm_team_link_watcher_equal (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher,
+                            NMTeamLinkWatcher *other);

+
Determines if two NMTeamLinkWatcher objects contain the same values
+in all the properties.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 
other
the NMTeamLinkWatcher to compare watcher
+to.
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_dup ()

+
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+nm_team_link_watcher_dup (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Creates a copy of watcher
+

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
a copy of watcher
+. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_name ()

+
const char *
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_name (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the name of the link watcher to be used.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_up ()

+
int
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_up (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the delay_up interval (in milliseconds) that elapses between the link
+coming up and the runner beeing notified about it.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_down ()

+
int
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_down (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the delay_down interval (in milliseconds) that elapses between the link
+going down and the runner beeing notified about it.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_init_wait ()

+
int
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_init_wait (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the init_wait interval (in milliseconds) that the team slave should
+wait before sending the first packet to the target host.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_interval ()

+
int
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_interval (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the interval (in milliseconds) that the team slave should wait between
+sending two check packets to the target host.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_missed_max ()

+
int
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_missed_max (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the number of missed replies after which the link is considered down.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_target_host ()

+
const char *
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_target_host (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the host name/ip address to be used as destination for the link probing
+packets.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_source_host ()

+
const char *
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_source_host (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the ip address to be used as source for the link probing packets.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_team_link_watcher_get_flags ()

+
NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags
+nm_team_link_watcher_get_flags (NMTeamLinkWatcher *watcher);

+
Gets the arp ping watcher flags.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





watcher
the NMTeamLinkWatcher
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_new ()

+
NMSetting *
+nm_setting_team_new (void);

+
Creates a new NMSettingTeam object with default values.

+

+
Returns

+
the new empty NMSettingTeam object. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_config ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_team_get_config (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “config” property of the setting

+

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_count ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_count
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“notify-peers-count” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_interval ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_interval
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“notify-peers-interval” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_count ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_count
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“mcast-rejoin-count” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_interval ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_interval
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“mcast-rejoin-interval” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_team_get_runner (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_hwaddr_policy ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_hwaddr_policy
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner-hwaddr-policy” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner-tx-balancer” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer_interval ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer_interval
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner-tx-balancer_interval” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_active ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_active (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner_active” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner-fast-rate” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_sys_prio ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_sys_prio (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner-sys-prio” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_min_ports ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_min_ports (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner-min-ports” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_agg_select_policy ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_agg_select_policy
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the #“runner-agg-select-policy” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                const char *txhash);

+
Removes the txhash element txhash

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSetetingTeam
 
txhash
the txhash element to remove
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the txhash element was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash ()

+
guint
+nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the number of elements in txhash

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                    guint idx);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 
idx
index number of the txhash element to return
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the txhash element at index idx
+

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash ()

+
void
+nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                       guint idx);

+
Removes the txhash element at index idx
+.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 
idx
index number of the element to remove from txhash
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                    const char *txhash);

+
Adds a new txhash element to the setting.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 
txhash
the element to add to txhash
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the txhash element was added; FALSE if the element
+was already knnown.

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers ()

+
guint
+nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the number of configured link watchers

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher ()

+
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                  guint idx);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 
idx
index number of the link watcher to return
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
the link watcher at index idx
+. 

+
[transfer none]

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                  NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

+
Appends a new link watcher to the setting.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 
link_watcher
the link watcher to add
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link
+watcher was already there.

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher ()

+
void
+nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                     guint idx);

+
Removes the link watcher at index idx.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 
idx
index number of the link watcher to remove
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value
+                               (NMSettingTeam *setting,
+                                NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

+
Removes the link watcher entry matching link_watcher.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeam
 
link_watcher
the link watcher to remove
 

+

 

-
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingTeam object. 

-
[transfer full]

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

 

+
Since: 1.10.2

 

 

 

-
nm_setting_team_get_config ()

-
const char *
-nm_setting_team_get_config (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+
nm_setting_team_clear_link_watchers ()

+
void
+nm_setting_team_clear_link_watchers (NMSettingTeam *setting);

+
Removes all configured link watchers.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -143,15 +1892,79 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (
-
Returns

-
 the “config” property of the setting

-
+
Since: 1.10.2

 
 
 

 
Types and Values

 

+
enum NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags

+

+
Members

+

 
 


+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING_FLAG_NONE

+
no one among the arp_ping link watcher
+   boolean options ('validate_active', 'validate_inactive', 'send_always') is
+   enabled (set to true).

+		 
NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING_FLAG_VALIDATE_ACTIVE

+
the arp_ping link watcher
+   option 'validate_active' is enabled (set to true).

+		 
NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING_FLAG_VALIDATE_INACTIVE

+
the arp_ping link watcher
+   option 'validate_inactive' is enabled (set to true).

+		 
NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING_FLAG_SEND_ALWAYS

+
the arp_ping link watcher option
+   'send_always' is enabled (set to true).

+		 

+

+

+

+

+
NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ETHTOOL

+
#define NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ETHTOOL   "ethtool"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING

+
#define NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING  "arp_ping"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_NSNA_PING

+
#define NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_NSNA_PING "nsna_ping"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_TEAM_SETTING_NAME

 
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_SETTING_NAME "team"
 

@@ -159,7 +1972,217 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (
 
NM_SETTING_TEAM_CONFIG

-
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_CONFIG "config"
+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_CONFIG                      "config"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT          "notify-peers-count"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_INTERVAL

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_INTERVAL       "notify-peers-interval"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_COUNT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_COUNT          "mcast-rejoin-count"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_INTERVAL

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_INTERVAL       "mcast-rejoin-interval"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER                      "runner"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY        "runner-hwaddr-policy"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_HASH

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_HASH              "runner-tx-hash"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER          "runner-tx-balancer"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL "runner-tx-balancer-interval"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVE

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVE               "runner-active"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_FAST_RATE

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_FAST_RATE            "runner-fast-rate"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO             "runner-sys-prio"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_MIN_PORTS

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_MIN_PORTS            "runner-min-ports"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY    "runner-agg-select-policy"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_LINK_WATCHERS

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_LINK_WATCHERS               "link-watchers"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_BROADCAST

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_BROADCAST    "broadcast"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ROUNDROBIN

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ROUNDROBIN   "roundrobin"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVEBACKUP

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVEBACKUP "activebackup"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LOADBALANCE

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LOADBALANCE  "loadbalance"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LACP

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LACP         "lacp"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_SAME_ALL

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_SAME_ALL    "same_all"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_BY_ACTIVE

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_BY_ACTIVE   "by_active"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_ONLY_ACTIVE

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_ONLY_ACTIVE "only_active"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO        "lacp_prio"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO_STABLE

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO_STABLE "lacp_prio_stable"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_BANDWIDTH

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_BANDWIDTH        "bandwidth"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_COUNT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_COUNT            "count"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_PORT_CONFIG

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_PORT_CONFIG      "port_config"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT 1
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_MCAST_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_MCAST_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT 1
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_DEFAULT                      NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ROUNDROBIN
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_DEFAULT        NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_SAME_ALL
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL_DEFAULT 50
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO_DEFAULT             255
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_DEFAULT    NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO
 

 

 

@@ -173,7 +2196,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team network interface.  The property
 should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because
 the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default
@@ -181,9 +2204,152 @@ configuration is used.  See man teamd.conf for the format details.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

 

+

+

+
The “link-watchers” property

+
  “link-watchers”            GPtrArray *

+
Link watchers configuration for the connection: each link watcher is
+defined by a dictionary, whose keys depend upon the selected link
+watcher. Available link watchers are 'ethtool', 'nsna_ping' and
+'arp_ping' and it is specified in the dictionary with the key 'name'.
+Available keys are:   ethtool: 'delay-up', 'delay-down', 'init-wait';
+nsna_ping: 'init-wait', 'interval', 'missed-max', 'target-host';
+arp_ping: all the ones in nsna_ping and 'source-host', 'validate-active',
+'validate-incative', 'send-always'. See teamd.conf man for more details.

+
Element-Type: NMTeamLinkWatcher

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “mcast-rejoin-count” property

+
  “mcast-rejoin-count”       gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd mcast_rejoin.count.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “mcast-rejoin-interval” property

+
  “mcast-rejoin-interval”    gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd mcast_rejoin.interval.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “notify-peers-count” property

+
  “notify-peers-count”       gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd notify_peers.count.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “notify-peers-interval” property

+
  “notify-peers-interval”    gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd notify_peers.interval.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner” property

+
  “runner”                   gchar *

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.name.
+Permitted values are: "roundrobin", "broadcast", "activebackup",
+"loadbalance", "lacp".

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: NULL

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-active” property

+
  “runner-active”            gboolean

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.active.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: FALSE

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-agg-select-policy” property

+
  “runner-agg-select-policy” gchar *

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.agg_select_policy.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: NULL

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-fast-rate” property

+
  “runner-fast-rate”         gboolean

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.fast_rate.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: FALSE

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-hwaddr-policy” property

+
  “runner-hwaddr-policy”     gchar *

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.hwaddr_policy.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: NULL

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-min-ports” property

+
  “runner-min-ports”         gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.min_ports.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-sys-prio” property

+
  “runner-sys-prio”          gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.sys_prio.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-tx-balancer” property

+
  “runner-tx-balancer”       gchar *

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.tx_balancer.name.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: NULL

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-tx-balancer-interval” property

+
  “runner-tx-balancer-interval” gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.tx_balancer.interval.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “runner-tx-hash” property

+
  “runner-tx-hash”           GStrv

+
Corresponds to the teamd runner.tx_hash.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index 204f838c..52030694 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -56,6 +56,94 @@
 nm_setting_team_port_get_config ()
 
 
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_get_queue_id ()
+
+
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_get_prio ()
+
+
+
+
+gboolean
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky ()
+
+
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_prio ()
+
+
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_key ()
+
+
+
+
+guint
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers ()
+
+
+
+
+NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher ()
+
+
+
+
+gboolean
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher ()
+
+
+
+
+void
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher ()
+
+
+
+
+gboolean
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()
+
+
+
+
+void
+
+
+nm_setting_team_port_clear_link_watchers ()
+
+
 
 

 

@@ -67,12 +155,45 @@
 
 
 
-
+
+
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
-
+
+
+gint
+lacp-key
+Read / Write
+
+
+gint
+lacp-prio
+Read / Write
+
+
+
+GPtrArray *
+link-watchers
+Read / Write
+
+
+gint
+prio
+Read / Write
+
+
+gint
+queue-id
+Read / Write
+
+
+gboolean
+sticky
+Read / Write
+
+
 

 

 

@@ -92,6 +213,38 @@
 NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_CONFIG
 
 
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_PRIO
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_STICKY
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_KEY
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LINK_WATCHERS
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID_DEFAULT
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO_DEFAULT
+
+
  
 NMSettingTeamPort
 
@@ -100,7 +253,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -119,7 +272,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingTeamPort object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingTeamPort object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingTeamPort object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -148,6 +301,327 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config ( the “config” property of the setting

 

 

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_get_queue_id ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_port_get_queue_id (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “queue_id” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_get_prio ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_port_get_prio (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “prio” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “sticky” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_prio ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_prio (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “lacp-prio” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_key ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_key (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “lacp-key” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers ()

+
guint
+nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers
+                               (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the number of configured link watchers

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher ()

+
NMTeamLinkWatcher *
+nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
+                                       guint idx);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 
idx
index number of the link watcher to return
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
the link watcher at index idx
+. 

+
[transfer none]

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
+                                       NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

+
Appends a new link watcher to the setting.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 
link_watcher
the link watcher to add
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the link watcher is added; FALSE if an identical link
+watcher was already there.

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher ()

+
void
+nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher
+                               (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
+                                guint idx);

+
Removes the link watcher at index idx.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 
idx
index number of the link watcher to remove
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value ()

+
gboolean
+nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value
+                               (NMSettingTeamPort *setting,
+                                NMTeamLinkWatcher *link_watcher);

+
Removes the link watcher entry matching link_watcher.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 
link_watcher
the link watcher to remove
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the link watcher was found and removed, FALSE otherwise.

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_team_port_clear_link_watchers ()

+
void
+nm_setting_team_port_clear_link_watchers
+                               (NMSettingTeamPort *setting);

+
Removes all configured link watchers.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingTeamPort
 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

@@ -159,7 +633,55 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (
 

 
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_CONFIG

-
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_CONFIG     "config"
+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_CONFIG        "config"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID      "queue-id"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_PRIO

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_PRIO          "prio"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_STICKY

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_STICKY        "sticky"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO     "lacp-prio"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_KEY

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_KEY      "lacp-key"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LINK_WATCHERS

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LINK_WATCHERS "link-watchers"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID_DEFAULT   -1
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO_DEFAULT

+
#define NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO_DEFAULT 255
 

 

 

@@ -173,7 +695,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw
 JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed
 directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is
@@ -181,9 +703,71 @@ used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

 

+

+

+
The “lacp-key” property

+
  “lacp-key”                 gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.lacp_key.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “lacp-prio” property

+
  “lacp-prio”                gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.lacp_prio.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “link-watchers” property

+
  “link-watchers”            GPtrArray *

+
Link watchers configuration for the connection: each link watcher is
+defined by a dictionary, whose keys depend upon the selected link
+watcher. Available link watchers are 'ethtool', 'nsna_ping' and
+'arp_ping' and it is specified in the dictionary with the key 'name'.
+Available keys are:   ethtool: 'delay-up', 'delay-down', 'init-wait';
+nsna_ping: 'init-wait', 'interval', 'missed-max', 'target-host';
+arp_ping: all the ones in nsna_ping and 'source-host', 'validate-active',
+'validate-incative', 'send-always'. See teamd.conf man for more details.

+
Element-Type: NMTeamLinkWatcher

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “prio” property

+
  “prio”                     gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.prio.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “queue-id” property

+
  “queue-id”                 gint

+
Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.queue_id.
+When set to -1 means the parameter is skipped from the json config.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

+

+

+
The “sticky” property

+
  “sticky”                   gboolean

+
Corresponds to the teamd ports.PORTIFNAME.sticky.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: FALSE

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
index 113e754a..5db3acde 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -109,33 +109,33 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 owner
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 pi
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read / Write
 
@@ -191,9 +191,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTunMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTun
 

@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingTun object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingTun object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingTun object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

-
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “group”                    gchar *

+
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN to create a layer 3 device and
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP to create an Ethernet-like layer 2
@@ -488,8 +488,8 @@ one.

 

 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

-
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
 multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet
 sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only
 support a single queue.

@@ -500,8 +500,8 @@ support a single queue.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gchar *

-
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “owner”                    gchar *

+
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “pi” property

-
  “pi”                       gboolean

-
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
+
  “pi”                       gboolean

+
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
 physical interface to the packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -520,8 +520,8 @@ physical interface to the packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
 network header.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -530,6 +530,6 @@ network header.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index 0fd0ac68..7f015712 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 egress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
@@ -159,18 +159,18 @@
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 ingress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -230,11 +230,11 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMVlanFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVlan
 

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_new (void<
 
Creates a new NMSettingVlan object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingVlan object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingVlan object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -371,12 +371,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -405,12 +405,12 @@ or 
 
 
out_from

-
 on return the value of the priority map's 'from' item. 

+
on return the value of the priority map's 'from' item. 

 [out]
 
 
 
out_to

-
 on return the value of priority map's 'to' item. 

+
on return the value of priority map's 'to' item. 

 [out]
 
 
@@ -418,17 +418,17 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ list, void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);

 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -527,12 +527,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “egress-priority-map” property

-
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

+
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

 
For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to
 802.1p priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where
 both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ is still considered as 0.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should
 be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

 

 
The “ingress-priority-map” property

-
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

+
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

 
For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux
 SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -889,6 +889,6 @@ with a 
 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
index 91d8f1fb..03e6bdd9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()
@@ -179,35 +179,35 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 data
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 persistent
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 secrets
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service-type
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 timeout
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 user-name
 Read / Write
 
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVpn
 

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ properties.

 
void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingVpn object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingVpn object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingVpn object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                   NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 
 
-
+
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -713,8 +713,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 
-
+
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (
Property Details

 

 
The “data” property

-
  “data”                     GHashTable *

+
  “data”                     GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data.  Both keys and
 values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -847,8 +847,8 @@ values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean

-
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
+
  “persistent”               gboolean

+
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
 the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages,
 until explicitly disconnected.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ until explicitly disconnected.

 

 

 
The “secrets” property

-
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

+
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like
 passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *

+
  “service-type”             gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to
 its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc
 plugin.

@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ plugin.

 

 

 
The “timeout” property

-
  “timeout”                  guint

+
  “timeout”                  guint

 
Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services
 may take quite a long time to connect.
 Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overridden
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ timeout in seconds.

 

 

 
The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *

+
  “user-name”                gchar *

 
If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name
 should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one
 user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then
@@ -902,6 +902,6 @@ VPN connection.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
index 46eeb215..f5fa98ba 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVxlan
 

@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_new (void
 
Creates a new NMSettingVxlan object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingVxlan object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingVxlan object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (
 

 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 300

@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (
 
The “destination-port” property

-
  “destination-port”         guint

+
  “destination-port”         guint

 
Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to
 use.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l2-miss” property

-
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l3-miss” property

-
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses
 are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that
 the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets
 when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “source-port-max” property

-
  “source-port-max”          guint

+
  “source-port-max”          guint

 
Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “source-port-min” property

-
  “source-port-min”          guint

+
  “source-port-min”          guint

 
Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

@@ -1070,6 +1070,6 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
index 7d774d23..150c0102 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ to.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose
 MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the
 device (known as MAC spoofing).

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *

+
  “network-name”             gchar *

 
Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection
 should use.

 

@@ -268,6 +268,6 @@ should use.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
index 26d54fd1..ef7608c7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GHashTable *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_new (void
 
Creates a new NMSettingWired object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingWired object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingWired object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
func
 an user provided function. 
an user provided function. 

 [scope call]
 

 

 

 
func
 an user provided function. 
an user provided function. 

 [scope call]
 

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()
@@ -187,85 +187,85 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 destination-port
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l2-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l3-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 learning
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *local
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 proxy
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *remote
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 rsc
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-max
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-min
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-name
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -250,80 +250,80 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-negotiate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *duplex
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *generate-mac-address-mask
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *port
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *s390-nettype
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GHashTable *s390-options
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 speed
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 wake-on-lan
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *wake-on-lan-password
 Read / Write
 

@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ conjunction with that device.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 array of strings, each specifying
+
array of strings, each specifying
 one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8]

 

@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -975,13 +975,13 @@ such as during option iteration.

 
 

-
-
@@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ modified. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 
@@ -1030,14 +1030,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1074,14 +1074,14 @@ may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);
 
Returns a list of valid s390 options.

 
The setting
- argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

+ argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
out_key
 on return, the key name of the s390 specific
+
on return, the key name of the s390 specific
 option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 [out][transfer none]
 

 

 
out_value
 on return, the value of the key of the
+
on return, the value of the key of the
 s390 specific option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be
 modified. 

 [out][transfer none]

@@ -1134,14 +1134,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
 
-
+

 
setting
 the NMSettingWired. 
the NMSettingWired. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -1410,9 +1410,9 @@ are supported by all devices.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

-
If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
-FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration
+
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

+
If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
+FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration
 will be skipped.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ will be skipped.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead.
 This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 
Beside explicitly specifying a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent",
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "preserve"
 

 

 
The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *

+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

 
Can be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically
 configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full".
 Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified.
@@ -1453,14 +1453,14 @@ Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it.

 

 

 
The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

 
With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable",
 by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered,
 unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits
 are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will
 always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
-connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
+
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
+connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
 default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

 
If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set
 bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device,
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ administered.

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the
 MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list.  Each MAC
 address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *

+
  “port”                     gchar *

 
Specific port type to use if the device supports multiple
 attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit
 Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface).
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 

 

 
The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

 
s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing
 the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 

 

 
The “s390-options” property

-
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

+
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options.  Both keys
 and values must be strings.  Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2",
 "portname", "protocol", among others.  Key names must contain only
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.  Like the
 “mac-address” property for non-z/VM devices, this property
@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ period (.) character.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
Can be set to a value greater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off".
 In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed.
 In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan” property

-
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

+
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

 
The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options.
 May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY,
 NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST,
@@ -1585,9 +1585,9 @@ NetworkManager).

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan-password” property

-
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

+
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

 
If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based
-Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
+Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
 no password will be required.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1596,6 +1596,6 @@ no password will be required.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index ca941e84..c88c400a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -254,88 +254,88 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 band
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bssid
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 generate-mac-address-mask
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 hidden
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mac-address
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mac-address-randomization
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 powersave
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 rate
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 seen-bssids
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 ssid
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 tx-power
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -443,9 +443,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 

@@ -464,14 +464,14 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (voidCreates a new NMSettingWireless object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingWireless object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingWireless object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (
 
Returns

-
 the “ssid” property of the setting. 

+
the “ssid” property of the setting. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ at index idx

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ is invalid or was already present
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ setting

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1076,14 +1076,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1203,8 +1203,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ for this connection.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *

+
  “band”                     gchar *

 
802.11 frequency band of the network.  One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or
 "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11.  This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network
 to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ capability and may not work with all drivers.

 

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access
 point.  This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by
 all devices.  Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

 

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only
 join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified
 channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ also requires the "band" property to be set.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead.
 This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 
Beside explicitly specifying a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent",
@@ -1456,14 +1456,14 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "preserve"
 

 

 
The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

 
With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable",
 by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered,
 unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits
 are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will
 always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
-connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
+
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
+connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
 default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

 
If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set
 bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device,
@@ -1487,8 +1487,8 @@ administered.

 

 

 
The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
+
  “hidden”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
 its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as
 probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However,
 these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks,
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this
 connection should never apply.  Each MAC address should be given in the
 standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

 

 

 
The “mac-address-randomization” property

-
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

+
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

 
One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (never randomize unless
 the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant
 supports randomization),  NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (never
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ randomize the MAC address), or 
 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank,
 infrastructure is assumed.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint

+
  “powersave”                guint

 
One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (disable Wi-Fi power
 saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (enable Wi-Fi power
 saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (don't touch currently
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ globally configured value). All other values are reserved.

 

 

 
The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint

+
  “rate”                     guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for
 communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5
 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

 

 

 
The “seen-bssids” property

-
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

+
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

 
A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like
 "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi
 network.  NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The
@@ -1590,14 +1590,14 @@ preserved.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint

+
  “tx-power”                 guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power.
 Units are dBm.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all
 devices support setting a static transmit power.

@@ -1607,6 +1607,6 @@ devices support setting a static transmit power.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index 70aa4a76..d55ba942 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -339,28 +339,28 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -381,35 +381,35 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -525,11 +525,11 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf
     ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_new (Creates a new NMSettingWirelessSecurity object with default values.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMSettingWirelessSecurity object. 

+
the new empty NMSettingWirelessSecurity object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -311,24 +311,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gchar *auth-alg
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 group
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *key-mgmt
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *leap-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *leap-username
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 pairwise
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 pmf
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 proto
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *psk
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *wep-key0
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key1
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key2
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key3
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-tx-keyidx
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 wps-method
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -687,8 +687,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

 
 

@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ protocol list, or void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

 
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

 

@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

 
When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the
 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here.  One of "open"
 for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP.  When
@@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the
 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    GStrv

+
  “group”                    GStrv

 
A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents
 connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms
 in the list.  For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

 
Key management used for the connection.  One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x"
 (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure
 WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise).  This property must be set for
@@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *

+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

 
The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *

+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

 
The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “pairwise” property

-
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

+
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

 
A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to
 Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list.
 For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each list element
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “pmf” property

-
  “pmf”                      gint

+
  “pmf”                      gint

 
Indicates whether Protected Management Frames (802.11w) must be enabled
 for the connection.  One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT
 (use global default value), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DISABLE
@@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ global default is set, PMF will be optionally enabled.

 

 

 
The “proto” property

-
  “proto”                    GStrv

+
  “proto”                    GStrv

 
List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use.
 Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN).  If
 not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

 

 

 
The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *

+
  “psk”                      gchar *

 
Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it
 must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a
 hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII
@@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

 
Index 0 WEP key.  This is the WEP key used in most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

 
Index 1 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

 
Index 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

 
Index 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

 
When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key
 index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0
 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.

 

 

 
The “wps-method” property

-
  “wps-method”               guint

+
  “wps-method”               guint

 
Flags indicating which mode of WPS is to be used if any.

 
There's little point in changing the default setting as NetworkManager will
 automatically determine whether it's feasible to start WPS enrollment from
@@ -2010,6 +2010,6 @@ the Access Point capabilities.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
index 44018ff9..61437d2b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
 

 

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ nm_simple_connection_new (void
 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMConnection object. 

+
the new empty NMConnection object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ but might be used in the process of creating a new one.

 

 
nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);

+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the
 connection and normalize the connection.  See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a
 description of the expected hash table.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

 

-
+
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ description of the expected hash table.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with
-settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
+
the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with
+settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
 connection failed to normalize. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ nm_simple_connection_new_clone (
 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMConnection containing the same settings
+
a new NMConnection containing the same settings
 and properties as the source NMConnection. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -188,6 +188,6 @@ and properties as the source 
-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
index 9cf4dc90..d31b40ba 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
-
+

 

 
dict
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

  
 

 

 

 
-gchar *banner
 Read
 

 void
 vpn-state-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMVpnConnection implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *

+
  “banner”                   gchar *

 
The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -237,14 +237,14 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
The “vpn-state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint            arg1,
+               guint            arg2,
+               gpointer         user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
index 9e488063..727675ad 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-gsize
+gsize
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()
@@ -152,19 +152,19 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 description
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service
 Read
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
 
 void
 changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -227,9 +227,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
 

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 
Prerequisites

 

 NMVpnEditor requires
- GObject.

+ GObject.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ NMVpnEditor requires
 

 
NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (NMVpnEditor *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (
 
-
+
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (
 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

+
a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -305,10 +305,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (
 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              NMVpnEditorPluginVT *vt,
-                             gsize vt_size);

+                             gsize vt_size);

 
Returns an opaque VT function table for the plugin to extend
 functionality. The actual meaning of NMVpnEditorPluginVT is not
 defined in public API of libnm, instead it must be agreed by
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ both the plugin and the caller. See the header-only file
 
 

-
+
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ size of plugin's VT.

 
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 

 
error
on return, an error or NULL
on return, an error or NULL

  
 

 

 
vt
 buffer to be filled with the VT table of the plugin. 
buffer to be filled with the VT table of the plugin. 

 [out]
 

 

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (
error

-
+
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (
 
Returns

-
 a new NMConnection imported from path
-, or NULL
+
a new NMConnection imported from path
+, or NULL
 on error or if the file at path
 was not recognized by this plugin. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -395,11 +395,11 @@ was not recognized by this plugin. 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
                              NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service,
                                      int check_owner,
                                      NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file,
-                                     gpointer user_data,
-                                     GError **error);
+                                     gpointer user_data,
+                                     GError **error);
 
Load the shared libary plugin_name
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ the file is not writable by anybody else.

 
 

-
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load (const char *plugin_name,
                            const char *check_service,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);
 
Load the shared libary plugin_name
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ the given service.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.4

@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_plugin_info (
 
Returns

-
 if set, return the NMVpnPluginInfo instance. 

+
if set, return the NMVpnPluginInfo instance. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
Since: 1.4

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 
 
-
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 
+if non-NULL.

 
@@ -719,27 +719,27 @@ if non-
import_from_file ()

 
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
Property Details

 

 
The “description” property

-
  “description”              gchar *

+
  “description”              gchar *

 
Longer description of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
Short display name of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the plugin's VPN service.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -801,12 +801,12 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
The “changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer     user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
index 2c236c4d..cdb11824 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMWimaxNsp implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (
 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 
Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

 

@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and
 return connections which may be activated with the NSP.  Any returned
 connections will match the nsp
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ connections will match the nsp
 
 

-
@@ -269,17 +269,17 @@ filter. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 an array of
-NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
+
an array of
+NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 
 
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint

+
  “signal-quality”           guint

 
The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 100

@@ -371,6 +371,6 @@ against

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html b/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html
index 77d2b143..1fbce73c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/annotation-glossary.html
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -68,6 +68,6 @@
 
Override the parsed C type with given type.

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
index f3fe6abb..aa417e20 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -35,6 +35,8 @@
                      | 
                   S
                      | 
+                  T
+                     | 
                   U
                      | 
                   V
@@ -443,6 +445,10 @@
 
 

 

+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10_2, macro in nm-version
+

+

+

 NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_2, macro in nm-version
 

 

@@ -1017,19 +1023,19 @@
 
 

 

-NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types
+NMConnection, struct in nm-core-types
 

 

 

-NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types
+NMConnection::changed, object signal in nm-core-types
 

 

 

-NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types
+NMConnection::secrets-cleared, object signal in nm-core-types
 

 

 

-NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types
+NMConnection::secrets-updated, object signal in nm-core-types
 

 

 

@@ -1225,6 +1231,10 @@
 

 

 

+nm_connection_get_setting_tc_config, function in NMConnection
+

+

+

 nm_connection_get_setting_team, function in NMConnection
 

 

@@ -3791,6 +3801,10 @@ NMDevicePpp, struct in nm-types
 
 

 

+NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_ONLINK, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -4139,6 +4153,14 @@ NMDevicePpp, struct in nm-types
 
 

 

+nm_remote_connection_update2, function in NMRemoteConnection
+

+

+

+nm_remote_connection_update2_finish, function in NMRemoteConnection
+

+

+

 NM_REMOTE_CONNECTION_VISIBLE, macro in NMRemoteConnection
 

 

@@ -5324,6 +5346,10 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
 
 

 

+NMSettingsUpdate2Flags, enum in nm-dbus-interface
+

+

+

 NM_SETTINGS_ERROR, macro in nm-errors
 

 

@@ -5332,6 +5358,18 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
 
 

 

+NMSettingTCConfig, struct in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingTCConfig:qdiscs, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingTCConfig:tfilters, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

 NMSettingTeam, struct in NMSettingTeam
 

 

@@ -5340,6 +5378,66 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
 
 

 

+NMSettingTeam:link-watchers, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:mcast-rejoin-count, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:mcast-rejoin-interval, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:notify-peers-count, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:notify-peers-interval, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-active, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-agg-select-policy, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-fast-rate, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-hwaddr-policy, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-min-ports, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-sys-prio, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-tx-balancer, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-tx-balancer-interval, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeam:runner-tx-hash, object property in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

 NMSettingTeamPort, struct in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

@@ -5348,6 +5446,30 @@ NMSettingProxyMethod, enum in NMSettingProxy
 
 

 

+NMSettingTeamPort:lacp-key, object property in NMSettingTeamPort
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeamPort:lacp-prio, object property in NMSettingTeamPort
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeamPort:link-watchers, object property in NMSettingTeamPort
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeamPort:prio, object property in NMSettingTeamPort
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeamPort:queue-id, object property in NMSettingTeamPort
+

+

+

+NMSettingTeamPort:sticky, object property in NMSettingTeamPort
+

+

+

 NMSettingTun, struct in NMSettingTun
 

 

@@ -8416,523 +8538,899 @@ NM_SETTING_PROXY_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingProxy
 
 

 

-NM_SETTING_TEAM_CONFIG, macro in NMSettingTeam
+nm_setting_tc_config_add_qdisc, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_team_get_config, function in NMSettingTeam
+nm_setting_tc_config_add_tfilter, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_team_new, function in NMSettingTeam
+nm_setting_tc_config_clear_qdiscs, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_CONFIG, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
+nm_setting_tc_config_clear_tfilters, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_team_port_get_config, function in NMSettingTeamPort
+nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_qdiscs, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_team_port_new, function in NMSettingTeamPort
+nm_setting_tc_config_get_num_tfilters, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
+nm_setting_tc_config_get_qdisc, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TEAM_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingTeam
+nm_setting_tc_config_get_tfilter, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_to_string, function in NMSetting
+nm_setting_tc_config_new, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_tun_get_group, function in NMSettingTun
+NM_SETTING_TC_CONFIG_QDISCS, macro in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_tun_get_mode, function in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue, function in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_tc_config_remove_qdisc_by_value, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_tun_get_owner, function in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_tun_get_pi, function in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_tc_config_remove_tfilter_by_value, function in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr, function in NMSettingTun
+NM_SETTING_TC_CONFIG_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TUN_GROUP, macro in NMSettingTun
+NM_SETTING_TC_CONFIG_TFILTERS, macro in nm-setting-tc-config
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE, macro in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_team_add_link_watcher, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TUN_MULTI_QUEUE, macro in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_team_add_runner_tx_hash, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_tun_new, function in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_team_clear_link_watchers, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TUN_OWNER, macro in NMSettingTun
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_CONFIG, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TUN_PI, macro in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_team_get_config, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TUN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_team_get_link_watcher, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_TUN_VNET_HDR, macro in NMSettingTun
+nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_count, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_user_check_key, function in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_mcast_rejoin_interval, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_user_check_val, function in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_count, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_USER_DATA, macro in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_notify_peers_interval, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_user_get_data, function in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_num_link_watchers, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_user_get_keys, function in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_num_runner_tx_hash, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_user_new, function in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_runner, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_USER_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_active, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_agg_select_policy, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_verify, function in NMSetting
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_fast_rate, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_verify_secrets, function in NMSetting
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_hwaddr_policy, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_add_priority, function in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_min_ports, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str, function in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_sys_prio, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities, function in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VLAN_EGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP, macro in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_balancer_interval, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VLAN_FLAGS, macro in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_get_runner_tx_hash, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_get_flags, function in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_LINK_WATCHERS, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_get_id, function in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_COUNT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities, function in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_MCAST_REJOIN_INTERVAL, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_get_parent, function in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_new, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_get_priority, function in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_MCAST_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VLAN_ID, macro in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VLAN_INGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP, macro in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_COUNT_ACTIVEBACKUP_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_new, function in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_NOTIFY_PEERS_INTERVAL, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VLAN_PARENT, macro in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_port_add_link_watcher, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority, function in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_port_clear_link_watchers, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value, function in NMSettingVlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_CONFIG, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value, function in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_port_get_config, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VLAN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingVlan
+nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_key, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_get_lacp_prio, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_add_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_get_link_watcher, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VPN_DATA, macro in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_get_num_link_watchers, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_get_prio, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_get_queue_id, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_get_sticky, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_KEY, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LACP_PRIO_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_LINK_WATCHERS, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_service_type, function in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_new, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_PRIO, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_new, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_QUEUE_ID_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VPN_PERSISTENT, macro in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_port_remove_link_watcher_by_value, function in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VPN_SECRETS, macro in NMSettingVpn
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_PORT_STICKY, macro in NMSettingTeamPort
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VPN_SERVICE_TYPE, macro in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VPN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_remove_link_watcher_by_value, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VPN_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VPN_USER_NAME, macro in NMSettingVpn
+nm_setting_team_remove_runner_tx_hash_by_value, function in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_AGEING, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_DESTINATION_PORT, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVE, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ACTIVEBACKUP, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_id, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_BANDWIDTH, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_COUNT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_LACP_PRIO_STABLE, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_local, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_AGG_SELECT_POLICY_PORT_CONFIG, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_BROADCAST, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_FAST_RATE, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_BY_ACTIVE, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_ONLY_ACTIVE, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_HWADDR_POLICY_SAME_ALL, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_ID, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LACP, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_L2_MISS, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_LOADBALANCE, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_L3_MISS, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_MIN_PORTS, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_LEARNING, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_ROUNDROBIN, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_LIMIT, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_LOCAL, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_SYS_PRIO_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-nm_setting_vxlan_new, function in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_PARENT, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_PROXY, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_BALANCER_INTERVAL_DEFAULT, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_REMOTE, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_RUNNER_TX_HASH, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_RSC, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+NM_SETTING_TEAM_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingTeam
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+nm_setting_to_string, function in NMSetting
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_SOURCE_PORT_MAX, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+nm_setting_tun_get_group, function in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_SOURCE_PORT_MIN, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+nm_setting_tun_get_mode, function in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_TOS, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue, function in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_VXLAN_TTL, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+nm_setting_tun_get_owner, function in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address, function in NMSettingWimax
+nm_setting_tun_get_pi, function in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wimax_get_network_name, function in NMSettingWimax
+nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr, function in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_WIMAX_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWimax
+NM_SETTING_TUN_GROUP, macro in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_WIMAX_NETWORK_NAME, macro in NMSettingWimax
+NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE, macro in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wimax_new, function in NMSettingWimax
+NM_SETTING_TUN_MULTI_QUEUE, macro in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_WIMAX_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingWimax
+nm_setting_tun_new, function in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+NM_SETTING_TUN_OWNER, macro in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option, function in NMSettingWired
+NM_SETTING_TUN_PI, macro in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_WIRED_AUTO_NEGOTIATE, macro in NMSettingWired
+NM_SETTING_TUN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items, function in NMSettingWired
+NM_SETTING_TUN_VNET_HDR, macro in NMSettingTun
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_WIRED_CLONED_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_user_check_key, function in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_WIRED_DUPLEX, macro in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_user_check_val, function in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-NM_SETTING_WIRED_GENERATE_MAC_ADDRESS_MASK, macro in NMSettingWired
+NM_SETTING_USER_DATA, macro in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_user_get_data, function in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_user_get_keys, function in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_duplex, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_user_new, function in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_generate_mac_address_mask, function in NMSettingWired
+NM_SETTING_USER_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_verify, function in NMSetting
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_verify_secrets, function in NMSetting
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_mtu, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_vlan_add_priority, function in NMSettingVlan
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str, function in NMSettingVlan
 

 

 

-nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options, function in NMSettingWired
+nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VLAN_EGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP, macro in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VLAN_FLAGS, macro in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_get_flags, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_get_id, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_get_parent, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_get_priority, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VLAN_ID, macro in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VLAN_INGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP, macro in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_new, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VLAN_PARENT, macro in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value, function in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VLAN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingVlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_add_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VPN_DATA, macro in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_service_type, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_new, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VPN_PERSISTENT, macro in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret, function in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VPN_SECRETS, macro in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VPN_SERVICE_TYPE, macro in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VPN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VPN_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VPN_USER_NAME, macro in NMSettingVpn
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_AGEING, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_DESTINATION_PORT, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_id, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_local, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_ID, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_L2_MISS, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_L3_MISS, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_LEARNING, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_LIMIT, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_LOCAL, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_vxlan_new, function in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_PARENT, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_PROXY, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_REMOTE, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_RSC, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_SOURCE_PORT_MAX, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_SOURCE_PORT_MIN, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_TOS, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_VXLAN_TTL, macro in NMSettingVxlan
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address, function in NMSettingWimax
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wimax_get_network_name, function in NMSettingWimax
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_WIMAX_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWimax
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_WIMAX_NETWORK_NAME, macro in NMSettingWimax
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wimax_new, function in NMSettingWimax
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_WIMAX_SETTING_NAME, macro in NMSettingWimax
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_WIRED_AUTO_NEGOTIATE, macro in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_WIRED_CLONED_MAC_ADDRESS, macro in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_WIRED_DUPLEX, macro in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_WIRED_GENERATE_MAC_ADDRESS_MASK, macro in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_duplex, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_generate_mac_address_mask, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_mtu, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items, function in NMSettingWired
+

+

+

+nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options, function in NMSettingWired
 

 

 

@@ -9451,6 +9949,203 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user
 NMState, enum in nm-dbus-interface
 

 

+
T

+

+nm_tc_action_dup, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_equal, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_get_attribute, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_get_attribute_names, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_get_kind, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_new, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_ref, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_set_attribute, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_action_unref, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_dup, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_equal, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_get_handle, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_get_kind, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_get_parent, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_new, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_ref, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_set_handle, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_qdisc_unref, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_dup, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_equal, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_get_action, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_get_handle, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_get_kind, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_get_parent, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_new, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_ref, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_set_action, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_set_handle, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+nm_tc_tfilter_unref, function in nm-setting-tc-config
+

+

+

+NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags, enum in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ARP_PING, macro in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_dup, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_equal, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_ETHTOOL, macro in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_down, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_delay_up, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_flags, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_init_wait, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_interval, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_missed_max, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_name, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_source_host, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_get_target_host, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_new_arp_ping, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_new_ethtool, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_new_nsna_ping, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+NM_TEAM_LINK_WATCHER_NSNA_PING, macro in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_ref, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

+

+nm_team_link_watcher_unref, function in NMSettingTeam
+

+

 
U

 

 NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate, user_function in nm-utils
@@ -9689,6 +10384,30 @@ nm_utils_fixup_desc_string, function in nm-libnm-utils
 

 

 

+nm_utils_tc_action_from_str, function in nm-utils
+

+

+

+nm_utils_tc_action_to_str, function in nm-utils
+

+

+

+nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str, function in nm-utils
+

+

+

+nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str, function in nm-utils
+

+

+

+nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str, function in nm-utils
+

+

+

+nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str, function in nm-utils
+

+

+

 nm_utils_uuid_generate, function in nm-utils
 

 

@@ -9794,7 +10513,7 @@ nm_utils_fixup_desc_string, function in nm-libnm-utils
 
 

 

-NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
+NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -9870,7 +10589,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
 

 

 

-nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
+nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -9930,7 +10649,7 @@ NMVpnPluginInfo, struct in nm-vpn-plugin-info
 

 

 

-nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
+nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -10188,6 +10907,6 @@ NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_STATE, macro in nm-vpn-service-plugin
 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html
index 13b684ac..2ede59e0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch02.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -41,6 +41,6 @@
 
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html
index 74e8caa4..4bbc2cf3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch03.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -138,6 +138,6 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security
 
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html
index 3348708c..f0f26ef3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch04.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -107,6 +107,6 @@
 
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html
index ca745919..1044f9bb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch05.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -32,6 +32,6 @@
 
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html b/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html
index a8cb9f22..44a4f710 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/ch06.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -32,6 +32,6 @@
 
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
index 5b074651..2661a42b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 
on return, an error or NULL
on return, an error or NULL

  
 

 

 
check_file
 optional callback to validate the file prior to
+
optional callback to validate the file prior to
 loading the shared library. 

 [scope call]
 

 
plugin_info
 a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL. 
a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
get_editor ()

 
returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection
-if non-NULL.
 
 

 
Try to import a connection from the specified path.  On
-success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
+success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
 set error
 with additional information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in
+can be NULL, in
 which case no additional error information should be provided.

  
 

 

 
export_to_file ()

 
Export the given connection to the specified path.  Return
-TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
+TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
 with additional
 error information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in which case no
+can be NULL, in which case no
 additional error information should be provided.

  
 

 

 
get_suggested_filename ()

 
For a given connection, return a suggested file
-name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
+name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
 the caller.

  
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *name
 Read
 
Read
 

 
guintguint
 signal-quality
 Read
 

 
connections
 an array of NMConnections to
+
an array of NMConnections to
 filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 

 

-      for libnm 1.10.0
+      for libnm 1.10.2
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm/stable/.
@@ -293,6 +293,6 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
index 306edabd..2b5affa6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -408,12 +408,16 @@
 enum
 NMActivationStateFlags
 
+
+enum
+NMSettingsUpdate2Flags
+
 
 

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NM80211Mode
     ├── NMActiveConnectionState
     ├── NMActiveConnectionStateReason
@@ -426,7 +430,7 @@
     ├── NMMetered
     ├── NMState
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     ├── NMActivationStateFlags
@@ -435,7 +439,8 @@
     ├── NMDeviceModemCapabilities
     ├── NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
     ├── NMSecretAgentCapabilities
-    ╰── NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags
+    ├── NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags
+    ╰── NMSettingsUpdate2Flags
 

 

 

@@ -2961,9 +2966,99 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

 

 
Since: 1.10

 

+

+

+
enum NMSettingsUpdate2Flags

+

+
Members

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_NONE

+
an alias for numeric zero, no flags set.

+		 
NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_TO_DISK

+
to persist the connection to disk.

+		 
NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY

+
to make the connection in-memory only.
+  If the connection was previously persistent, the corresponding file on disk
+  is not deleted but merely the connection is decoupled from the file
+  on disk. If you later delete an in-memory connection, the connection
+  on disk will be deleted as well.

+		 
NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY_DETACHED

+
this is like NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY
+,
+  but if the connection has a corresponding file on disk, the association between
+  the connection and the file is forgotten but the file is not modified.
+  The difference to NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY is if you later
+  save the connection again to disk, a new file name will be chosen without
+  overwriting the remaining file on disk. Also, if you delete the connection
+  later, the file on disk will not be deleted.

+		 
NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY_ONLY

+
this is like NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY
+,
+  but if the connection has a corresponding file on disk, the file on
+  disk will be deleted.

+		 
NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_VOLATILE

+
This can be specified with either
+  NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY_DETACHED or NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_IN_MEMORY_ONLY.
+  After making the connection in-memory only, the connection is marked
+  as volatile. That means, if the connection is currently not active
+  it will be deleted right away. Otherwise, it is marked to for deletion
+  once the connection deactivates. A volatile connection cannot autoactivate
+  again (because it's about to be deleted), but a manual activation will
+  clear the volatile flag.

+		 
NM_SETTINGS_UPDATE2_FLAG_BLOCK_AUTOCONNECT

+
usually, when the connection
+  has autoconnect enabled and is modified, it becomes elegible to autoconnect
+  right away. Setting this flag, disables autoconnect until the connection
+  is manually activated.

+		 

+

+
Since: 1.10.2

+

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
index 45f875d4..eb668056 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_crypto_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_error_quark ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_settings_error_quark ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMCryptoError
@@ -202,49 +202,49 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void
enum NMAgentManagerError

 
Errors returned from the secret-agent manager.

 
These errors may be returned from operations that could cause secrets to be
-requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus
+requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus
 errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

 

 
Members

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ errors in that namespace.

 when they encounter problems retrieving secrets on behalf of NM. They
 correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretManager"
 namespace.

-
Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error
+
Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error
 codes; instead, the secret agent manager will translate them to the
 corresponding NMAgentManagerError codes.

 

@@ -865,6 +865,13 @@ D-Bus errors in that namespace.

 
  
 
+
+
NM_SETTINGS_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENTS

+
+
invalid arguments

+
+ 
+
 
 

 

@@ -984,6 +991,6 @@ to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Error" namespace.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
index 3b485c4a..01e683fd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_same_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_security_valid ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_json_object ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) ()
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()
@@ -344,21 +344,21 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
 
 
 
-const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()
 
 
 
-const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
 
 
 
-gsize
+gsize
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
 
 
 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_uuid ()
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_utils_version ()
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()
@@ -559,6 +559,54 @@
 nm_utils_format_variant_attributes ()
 
 
+
+
+NMTCQdisc *
+
+
+nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str ()
+
+
+
+
+char *
+
+
+nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str ()
+
+
+
+
+NMTCAction *
+
+
+nm_utils_tc_action_from_str ()
+
+
+
+
+char *
+
+
+nm_utils_tc_action_to_str ()
+
+
+
+
+NMTCTfilter *
+
+
+nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str ()
+
+
+
+
+char *
+
+
+nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str ()
+
+
 
 

 

@@ -595,7 +643,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
 

 

@@ -608,9 +656,9 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
 number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

@@ -625,7 +673,7 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 
 
 
ssid

-
 pointer to a buffer containing the SSID data. 

+
pointer to a buffer containing the SSID data. 

 [array length=len]
 
 
@@ -639,15 +687,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      gsize len);

 
This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply
 replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal
 representation of that character.  Intended for debugging only, should not
@@ -663,7 +711,7 @@ be used for display of SSIDs.

 
 
 
ssid

-
 pointer to a buffer containing the SSID data. 

+
pointer to a buffer containing the SSID data. 

 [array length=len]
 
 
@@ -684,12 +732,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

 

 

 
nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

 
Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the
 SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal,
 but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings)
@@ -707,7 +755,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 
 
ssid1

-
 the first SSID to compare. 

+
the first SSID to compare. 

 [array length=len1]
 
 
@@ -718,7 +766,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 
 
ssid2

-
 the second SSID to compare. 

+
the second SSID to compare. 

 [array length=len2]
 
 
@@ -729,7 +777,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 
 
ignore_trailing_null

-
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

+
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
 
 
@@ -737,15 +785,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);

+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
+                       gsize len);

 
Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings.  Thus, an SSID may
 contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters.  Often it is
 useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the
@@ -776,7 +824,7 @@ _only_.

 
 
 
ssid

-
 pointer to a buffer containing the SSID data. 

+
pointer to a buffer containing the SSID data. 

 [array length=len]
 
 
@@ -790,20 +838,20 @@ _only_.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an allocated string containing a UTF-8
-representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
-Returns NULL on errors. 

+
an allocated string containing a UTF-8
+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
+Returns NULL on errors. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -868,15 +916,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -908,15 +956,15 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -945,14 +993,14 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
-is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if key
+is a WEP key, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -973,16 +1021,16 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if psk
-is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if psk
+is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_json_object ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_json_object (const char *str,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1009,7 +1057,7 @@ nm_utils_is_json_object (const ch
 
Returns

 
 whether the passed string is valid JSON.
 If libnm is not compiled with libjansson support, this check will
-also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem
+also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem
 for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -1017,9 +1065,9 @@ for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1031,14 +1079,14 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 
 

-
+

 
dns
 an array of IP address strings. 
an array of IP address strings. 

 [type utf8]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1047,8 +1095,8 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
 IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1060,29 +1108,29 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'au'

+
a GVariant of type 'au'

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1094,12 +1142,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -1107,7 +1155,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1115,12 +1163,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
-gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
+gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
 the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway" fields
 of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1135,12 +1183,12 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 

-
+
-
+
@@ -1148,18 +1196,18 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+
a newly allocated
+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1172,14 +1220,14 @@ metric).

 
 

-
+

 

 
addresses
 an array of NMIPAddress objects. 
an array of NMIPAddress objects. 

 [element-type NMIPAddress]
 

 

 
gateway
 the gateway IP address. 
the gateway IP address. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
 
 
 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aau'
a GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

 
out_gateway
 on return, will contain the IP gateway. 
on return, will contain the IP gateway. 

 [out][allow-none][transfer full]
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
routes
 an array of NMIP4Route objects. 
an array of NMIP4Route objects. 

 [element-type NMIPRoute]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1187,11 +1235,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
 of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop,
-and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1202,23 +1250,23 @@ and metric) into a 
value

-
+
GVariant of type 'aau'
GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+
a newly allocated
+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1242,8 +1290,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (
 
nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1267,8 +1315,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (
 
nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

 
When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were
 segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C.  This function will return
 a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it
@@ -1296,9 +1344,9 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1310,14 +1358,14 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 
 

-
+

 
dns
 an array of IP address strings. 
an array of IP address strings. 

 [type utf8]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1326,8 +1374,8 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
 IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1339,29 +1387,29 @@ IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aay'

+
a GVariant of type 'aay'

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway).  The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
 all 0s.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1374,12 +1422,12 @@ all 0s.

 
 
 
addresses

-
 an array of NMIPAddress objects. 

+
an array of NMIPAddress objects. 

 [element-type NMIPAddress]
 
 
 
gateway

-
 the gateway IP address. 

+
the gateway IP address. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1387,7 +1435,7 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1395,12 +1443,12 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
 list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix,
-and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
+and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
 of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway"
 fields of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1415,12 +1463,12 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

+
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

  
 
 
 
out_gateway

-
 on return, will contain the IP gateway. 

+
on return, will contain the IP gateway. 

 [out][allow-none][transfer full]
 
 
@@ -1428,18 +1476,18 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+
a newly allocated
+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and metric).

@@ -1452,14 +1500,14 @@ metric).

routes

-

an array of NMIPRoute objects.

+

an array of NMIPRoute objects.

[element-type NMIPRoute]

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1467,11 +1515,11 @@ metric).

nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an +

GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next -hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

Parameters

@@ -1482,25 +1530,25 @@ hop, and metric) into a

value

- +

GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

  

Returns

-

a newly allocated -GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+

a newly allocated +GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may include additional attributes.

@@ -1514,14 +1562,14 @@ include additional attributes.

addresses

-

an array of NMIPAddress objects.

+

an array of NMIPAddress objects.

[element-type NMIPAddress]

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing addresses +

a new floating GVariant representing addresses .

[transfer none]

@@ -1529,12 +1577,12 @@ include additional attributes.

nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
 objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1547,7 +1595,7 @@ objects.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1560,18 +1608,18 @@ objects.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+
a newly allocated
+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing -IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array +

GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing +IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array of new-style NetworkManager IP routes (which are tuples of destination, prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

@@ -1584,14 +1632,14 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

routes

-

an array of NMIPRoute objects.

+

an array of NMIPRoute objects.

[element-type NMIPRoute]

Returns

-

a new floating GVariant representing routes +

a new floating GVariant representing routes .

[transfer none]

@@ -1599,12 +1647,12 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of destination,
-prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
+prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
 NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1617,7 +1665,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1630,8 +1678,8 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a 
 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+
a newly allocated
+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]
@@ -1643,13 +1691,13 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

Returns

a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file
@@ -1672,15 +1720,15 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

+                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

Tests if filename has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format @@ -1701,7 +1749,7 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

out_encrypted

-

on return, whether the file is encrypted.

+

on return, whether the file is encrypted.

[out] @@ -1709,13 +1757,13 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  is a PKCS#12 file.

@@ -1736,24 +1784,24 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);

+                              gpointer user_data,
+                              GError **error);
@@ -1762,10 +1810,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

@@ -1786,27 +1834,27 @@ Must be a non-empty string, without path separator (/).

try_first

-

a custom path to try first before searching. +

a custom path to try first before searching. It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

[allow-none]

paths

-

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[allow-none]

file_test_flags

-

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 

predicate

-

if given, pass the file name to this function +

if given, pass the file name to this function for additional checks. This check is performed after the check for file_test_flags . You cannot omit both file_test_flags @@ -1816,13 +1864,13 @@ and predicate

user_data

-

(allow-none): user data for predicate +

(allow-none): user data for predicate function.

[closure]

error

-

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

+

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

[allow-none] @@ -1830,7 +1878,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1839,8 +1887,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.

nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

@@ -1865,8 +1913,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1901,8 +1949,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1941,8 +1989,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1969,13 +2017,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

 

@@ -1987,7 +2035,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void
 

 
nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

 

@@ -2000,7 +2048,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void
 
nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

 
Converts strength
  into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of
 strength suitable for printing to stdout. If the current locale and terminal
@@ -2029,7 +2077,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

 
Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type
 .

@@ -2060,8 +2108,8 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+                      gsize length);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -2075,7 +2123,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (
addr

-
 a binary hardware address. 

+
a binary hardware address. 

 [type guint8][array length=length]
 
 
@@ -2089,7 +2137,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (
 
Returns

-
 the textual form of addr
+
the textual form of addr
 . 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -2097,12 +2145,12 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (
 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);

+                       gsize length);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2127,7 +2175,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2136,10 +2184,10 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);

+                      gpointer buffer,
+                      gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2176,7 +2224,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2185,9 +2233,9 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);

+                       gssize length);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length.

@@ -2217,9 +2265,9 @@ is expected to convert to
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 

 

 

@@ -2227,7 +2275,7 @@ of the indicated length, 
nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

 
char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);

+                           gssize length);
 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with
@@ -2258,20 +2306,20 @@ is expected to convert to
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the canonicalized address if asc
+
the canonicalized address if asc
 appears to
-be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

 
Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1
  and
 hwaddr2
@@ -2285,7 +2333,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

  before being compared.

 
  • If hwaddr1
  or hwaddr2
- is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
+ is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
  a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len
  or hwaddr2_len
  bytes long.
    • 
@@ -2314,7 +2362,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2326,7 +2374,7 @@ is ASCII
    
     
-
+
@@ -2341,9 +2389,9 @@ is ASCII
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if hwaddr1
+
     TRUE if hwaddr1
 and hwaddr2
-are equivalent, FALSE if they are
+are equivalent, FALSE if they are
 different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
@@ -2351,8 +2399,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
-                     gsize len,
+nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
+                     gsize len,
                      int final_len);
    
 
    Converts the byte array src
  into a hexadecimal string. If final_len
@@ -2370,7 +2418,7 @@ greater than -1, the returned string is terminated at that index
 
    
-
+
@@ -2389,7 +2437,7 @@ array
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the textual form of bytes
+
    the textual form of bytes
 . 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
@@ -2397,7 +2445,7 @@ array
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
    
-
    GBytes *
+
    GBytes *
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);
    
 
    Converts a hexadecimal string hex
  into an array of bytes.  The optional
@@ -2423,14 +2471,14 @@ may not start or end with ':'.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
+
    the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name has been deprecated since version 1.6 and should not be used in newly-written code.
    
@@ -2454,15 +2502,15 @@ nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const 
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name (const char *name,
-                              GError **error);
    
+                              GError **error);
    
 
    Validate the network interface name.
    
 
    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.
    
@@ -2482,7 +2530,7 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2490,13 +2538,13 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_uuid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);
    
 
    Checks if str
  is a UUID
    
@@ -2517,8 +2565,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
+
     TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
@@ -2547,7 +2595,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t
    dst
    
 
    Returns
    
 
     the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
@@ -2618,7 +2666,7 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                        const char *ip);
    
 
    Checks if ip
@@ -2648,16 +2696,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);
    
+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);
    
 
    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2671,7 +2719,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.
    
-
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2703,7 +2751,7 @@ underlying device driver.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
@@ -2770,10 +2818,10 @@ available modes.
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
+nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                       int value);
    
 
    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a
-G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
+G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
 If the value has no corresponding string representation, it is converted
 to a number. For enums it is converted to a decimal number, for flags
 to an (unsigned) hex number.
    
@@ -2788,7 +2836,7 @@ to an (unsigned) hex number.
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2801,22 +2849,22 @@ to an (unsigned) hex number.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
+
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
    
-
    gboolean
-nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
+
    gboolean
+nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                         const char *str,
                         int *out_value,
                         char **err_token);
    
 
    Converts a string to the matching enum value.
    
-
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
+
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
 matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found
-the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
+the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
 containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 .
    
 
    
@@ -2830,7 +2878,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
-
+
@@ -2840,12 +2888,12 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -2853,7 +2901,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
+
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
@@ -2861,9 +2909,9 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()
    
 
    const char **
-nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
-                          gint from,
-                          gint to);
    
+nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
+                          gint from,
+                          gint to);
 
    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -2876,7 +2924,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (
    type
    
-
    
+
@@ -2894,8 +2942,8 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (
 
    Returns
    
-
     a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings
-or NULL on error. 
    
+
    a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings
+or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer container]
    
 
 
    Since: 1.2
    
@@ -2903,7 +2951,7 @@ or 
 
    nm_utils_version ()
    
-
    guint
+
    guint
 nm_utils_version (void);
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
@@ -2915,13 +2963,13 @@ at runtime.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()
    
-
    GHashTable *
+
    GHashTable *
 nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const char *string,
                                    char attr_separator,
                                    char key_value_separator,
-                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
+                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
                                    const NMVariantAttributeSpec *const *spec,
-                                   GError **error);
    
+                                   GError **error);
    
 
    Parse attributes from a string.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -2959,7 +3007,7 @@ nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const 
 
    
-
+
@@ -2967,7 +3015,7 @@ nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values. 
    
+
    a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.8
    
@@ -2976,10 +3024,226 @@ nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const 
 
    nm_utils_format_variant_attributes ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
+nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
                                     char attr_separator,
                                     char key_value_separator);
    
 
+
    
+
    
+
    nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str ()
    
+
    NMTCQdisc *
+nm_utils_tc_qdisc_from_str (const char *str,
+                            GError **error);
    
+
    Parces the tc style string qdisc representation of the queueing
+discipline to a NMTCQdisc instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.
    
+
    
+
    Parameters
    
+
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr1
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr2
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    src
     an array of bytes. 
    an array of bytes. 
    		
 [type guint8][array length=len]
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    error
    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore
    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore
    		
  
 
    
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2593,7 +2641,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
    dst
    		
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2610,7 +2658,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.
    		
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    out_value
     the output value. 
    the output value. 
    		
 [out][allow-none]
 
    
 
    
 
    err_token
     location to store the first unrecognized token. 
    location to store the first unrecognized token. 
    		
 [out][allow-none][transfer full]
 
    
 
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    error
     location to store the error on failure. 
    location to store the error on failure. 
    		
 [out][allow-none]
 
    
 
    
+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    




    str
    the string representation of a qdisc
    		 
    error
    location of the error
    		 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    Returns
    
+
     the NMTCQdisc or NULL
    
+
    
+
    Since: 1.10.2
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str ()
    
+
    char *
+nm_utils_tc_qdisc_to_str (NMTCQdisc *qdisc,
+                          GError **error);
    
+
    Turns the NMTCQdisc into a tc style string representation of the queueing
+discipline.
    
+
    
+
    Parameters
    
+
    
+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    




    qdisc
    the NMTCQdisc
    		 
    error
    location of the error
    		 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    Returns
    
+
     formatted string or NULL
    
+
    
+
    Since: 1.10.2
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    nm_utils_tc_action_from_str ()
    
+
    NMTCAction *
+nm_utils_tc_action_from_str (const char *str,
+                             GError **error);
    
+
    Parces the tc style string action representation of the queueing
+discipline to a NMTCAction instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.
    
+
    
+
    Parameters
    
+
    
+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    




    str
    the string representation of a action
    		 
    error
    location of the error
    		 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    Returns
    
+
     the NMTCAction or NULL
    
+
    
+
    Since: 1.10.2
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    nm_utils_tc_action_to_str ()
    
+
    char *
+nm_utils_tc_action_to_str (NMTCAction *action,
+                           GError **error);
    
+
    Turns the NMTCAction into a tc style string representation of the queueing
+discipline.
    
+
    
+
    Parameters
    
+
    
+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    




    action
    the NMTCAction
    		 
    error
    location of the error
    		 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    Returns
    
+
     formatted string or NULL
    
+
    
+
    Since: 1.10.2
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str ()
    
+
    NMTCTfilter *
+nm_utils_tc_tfilter_from_str (const char *str,
+                              GError **error);
    
+
    Parces the tc style string tfilter representation of the queueing
+discipline to a NMTCTfilter instance. Supports a subset of the tc language.
    
+
    
+
    Parameters
    
+
    
+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    




    str
    the string representation of a tfilter
    		 
    error
    location of the error
    		 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    Returns
    
+
     the NMTCTfilter or NULL
    
+
    
+
    Since: 1.10.2
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str ()
    
+
    char *
+nm_utils_tc_tfilter_to_str (NMTCTfilter *tfilter,
+                            GError **error);
    
+
    Turns the NMTCTfilter into a tc style string representation of the queueing
+discipline.
    
+
    
+
    Parameters
    
+
    
+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    




    tfilter
    the NMTCTfilter
    		 
    error
    location of the error
    		 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    Returns
    
+
     formatted string or NULL
    
+
    
+
    Since: 1.10.2
    
+
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Types and Values
    
@@ -3096,6 +3360,6 @@ for both 
-
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
    
+
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26
    
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
index dc57a3d9..d92a8c8a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -156,6 +156,10 @@
 #define
 NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10
 
+
+#define
+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10_2
+
 
 
    
 
    
@@ -300,9 +304,15 @@
 
    # define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10            G_UNAVAILABLE(1,10)
    +
    +
    +

    NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10_2

    +
    # define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10_2          G_UNAVAILABLE(1,10.2)
+
    +
    -
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
    +
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html index b3740d02..1bbf9cb8 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -
        GEnum
+
        GEnum
     ├── NMVpnConnectionState
     ├── NMVpnConnectionStateReason
     ├── NMVpnPluginFailure
@@ -1004,6 +1004,6 @@
    -
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
    +
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 index 60807b9e..78123716 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 @@ -381,6 +381,7 @@ + @@ -438,6 +439,7 @@ + @@ -1131,6 +1133,7 @@ + @@ -1386,18 +1389,137 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -2244,6 +2366,8 @@ + + @@ -2411,6 +2535,12 @@ + + + + + + @@ -2439,6 +2569,7 @@ + @@ -2610,6 +2741,7 @@ + @@ -2847,6 +2979,13 @@ + + + + + + + @@ -2917,6 +3056,10 @@ + + + + diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html index 9343dcee..c05b7fc1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

    Object Hierarchy

    -    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@
     │   ├── NMSettingPppoe
     │   ├── NMSettingProxy
     │   ├── NMSettingSerial
+    │   ├── NMSettingTCConfig
     │   ├── NMSettingTeamPort
     │   ├── NMSettingTeam
     │   ├── NMSettingTun
@@ -99,11 +100,11 @@
     ├── NMClient
     ├── NMSecretAgentOld
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMConnection
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     ├── NMActivationStateFlags
@@ -118,9 +119,11 @@
     ├── NMSettingDcbFlags
     ├── NMSettingSecretFlags
     ├── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
+    ├── NMSettingsUpdate2Flags
+    ├── NMTeamLinkWatcherArpPingFlags
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMDeviceError
@@ -169,14 +172,18 @@
     ├── NMVpnServiceState
     ├── NMWepKeyType
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GBoxed
+    GBoxed
     ├── NMDnsEntry
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ├── NMIPRoute
-    ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
+    ├── NMLldpNeighbor
+    ├── NMTCAction
+    ├── NMTCQdisc
+    ├── NMTCTfilter
+    ╰── NMTeamLinkWatcher
    -
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
    +
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html index d281a195..e167ead9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/ref-overview.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -62,6 +62,6 @@
    -
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
    +
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/usage.html b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html index e57558ce..b2332998 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/usage.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ { NMClient *client; - client = nm_client_new (NULL, NULL); + client = nm_client_new (NULL, NULL); if (client) - g_print ("NetworkManager version: %s\n", nm_client_get_version (client)); + g_print ("NetworkManager version: %s\n", nm_client_get_version (client)); } @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 

    $ cc $(pkg-config --libs --cflags libnm) -o hello-nm hello-nm.c
   $ ./hello-nm
-  NetworkManager version: 1.10.0
+  NetworkManager version: 1.10.2
 
   $

    @@ -161,6 +161,6 @@

    -
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
    +
    Generated by GTK-Doc V1.26 \ No newline at end of file -- cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5